Masigaon 2

- 1 -

GOVERNMENT OF ODISHA
DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES
MINOR IRRIGATION

TENDER DOCUMENT FOR P-1 CONTRACT

(BID DOCUMENT)
NAME OF THE WORK
Construction of Masigaon-II Check Dam in Stream

Storage Check Dam (Low Height Check Dam) over
Biri Nadi Near village Masigaon in Kundra Block
of Koraput District
SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER
MINOR IRRIGATION DIVISION JEYPORE
CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

- 2 -
CONTENTS
Sl No. Description Page No.
1. CHECK LIST FOR TENDER SUBMISSION 5

SPECIAL CONDITION CONSEQUENT UPON AMENDMENT OF
i 6
CODAL/ CONTRACTUAL PROVISION
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS AFTER OPWD CODE AMENDMENTS
ii. 7
AND INTRODUCTION OF GST.
Electronic Receipt, Accounting and Reporting of Cost of Tender Paper
iii. 8-22
and Earnest Money Deposit on submission of bids.
PART-I
2. TENDER CALL NOTICE
i. Invitation For Bids 23-26
ii. Particulars Of Tender 27
3. INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 28-30
i. General
ii. Project Outline
iii. Scope Of Work
iv. Site Visit
v. General Specification
vi. Language Of Bid Documents
vii. Preparation Of Bid Documents
viii. Method Of Submission Of Bid Documents
ix. Opening Of Bid Documents
x. Minimum Bid Criteria
xi. Final Decision Making Authority
xii. Further Clarification
4. BID INFORMATION 31-34
i. Letter Of Transmittal
ii No Relationship Certificate –Annexure – ‘C 2’
iii. Affidavit For Authenticity of Tender - Annexure – E (1)
iv. Annexure – E (2)
v. Annexure – F
PART-II
1. CHAPTER – I 35-65

- 3 -
ITEM RATE TENDER, BILL OF QUANTITY AND CONDITION

5.
OF CONTRACT FOR WORKS (FORM F-2)
1. General rules and directions for the guidance of contractor
2. Memorandum for Tender for work
Condition of Contract Clauses with supplementary and
3.
modifications there to with fair wage Clause
4. Addendum to condition of contract
CHAPTER – II 66-83
6. SPECIAL CONDITION OF CONTRACT
1. Definition
2. Earnest Money Deposit
3. Tax Certificate
4. Time of Completion
5. Pre bid Inspection by Contractor
6. Validity of tender
7. Award of contract
8. Observation of law & local regulations
9. Accidents and safety measures
10. Change of address of contractor
11. Archaeological findings
12. Contemporary contractors
13. Taxes & Interest
14. Plans & drawings
15. Construction programme
16. Availability of labour
17. Suspension of work
18. Items not covered in the schedule
19. Force Majoure
20. Tools & Plants
21. Haul roads
22. Departmental Stock
23. Construction Shed
24. Site clearance
25. Other contractors
26. Order Book
27. Claim Book
28. Rule to Verbal Order
29. Statutory obligation of contractor
30. Departmental right for deviation in quantities
31. Emergency measure
32. Safety of machineries
33. Contractor dying, becoming insolvent, insane or imprisoned

- 4 -
34. Measurement of Works

35. Removal of contractor’s man
36. Detail Call Notice being part of contract
37. Fair wage Clause
38. Labor license and registration
39. Price preference
40. Quality control and Testing of the structure
41. Defects Liability
42. Engineer-in-Charge’s Decision
43. Payment of Price Escalation
44. Settlement of Dispute
45. Resolution of disputes & Jurisdiction of Court
46. Additional Clause for performance security
47. Cement, Steel & Bitumen
CHAPTER – III 84-158
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION OF
7.
CANAL & CANAL STRUCTURES
1. General Specification
2. Site of Work
3. Earth Works
4. Concrete works
5. Cement Concrete Lining
6. Fine dressing & turfing
7. Other Items
8. CHAPTER – IV
1. Bill of Quantities 159-163

- 5 -
Check List For Submission Of Particulars

ALL DOCUMENTS AND FORMS AS SHOWN BELOW ARE MANDATORY.
Scanned Copy in .pdf format

1. Documents (i) Tender fee,.
(ii) Bid Security
(iii) License
(iv) PAN
(v) GSTIN
2. Forms in (i) Annexure ‘C (1)’

Details of plants and equipments owned by the tenderer
(ii) Annexure ‘C (2)’
No Relationship Certificate (Format given)
(iii) Annexure ‘ E (1)’

Affidavit (Format given)
(iv) Annexure ‘ E (2)’ (For Out Side State Bidders)

Affidavit (Format given)
THE BID MUST BE ACCOMPANIED WITH THE MANDATORY

DOCUMENTS AS MENTIONED IN THE CHECK LIST FAILING
WHICH THE TENDER WILL BE REJECTED.
******

- 6 -
SPECIAL CONDITION CONSEQUENT UPON AMENDMENT OF CODAL/

CONTRACTUAL PROVISION AS PER OFFICE MEMORANDUM NO. 12366 DT.
08.11.2013 OF WORKS DEPARTMENT, GOVT. OF ODISHA
1. Amendment to Para-3.5.14 Note-I of OPWD Code, Vol-I by inclusion
Note-I:- if L1 bidder does not turn up for agreement after finalization of the tender, then
he shall be debarred from participating in bidding for three years and action will be
taken to blacklist the contractor. In that case, the L2 bidder, if fulfills, other required
criteria would be called for drawing agreement for execution of work subject to the
condition that L2 bidder negotiates at par with the rate quoted by the L1 bidder
otherwise the tender will be cancelled. In case a contractor is blacklisted, it will be
widely publicised and intimated to all department of Government and also to Govt. of
India agencies working in the state.
2. Amendment to Appendix-IX, Clause- 36 of OPWD Code, Vol-II by inclusion
Clause No.-36:- If the rate quoted by the bidder is less than 15% of the tendered
amount, then such a bid shall be rejected and the tender shall be finalized basing on
merits of the rest bids. But if more than one bid is quoted 14.99% (Decimals upto two
numbers will be taken for all practical purposes) less than the estimated cost, the tender
accepting authority will finalize the tender through a transparent lottery system, where
all the bidders/ their authorised representatives , the concerned Superintending Engineer
and DAO will remain present.
3. Amendment to Para-3.5.18 Note-VIII of OPWD Code, Vol-I
Note VIII:- Before acceptance of tender the successful bidder will be required to submit
a work programme and milestone basing on the financial achievement so as to complete
the work within the stipulated time and incase of failure of the part of the agency to
achieve the milestone liquidated damaged will be imposed.
Amendment of codal/contractual provisions
Ref: Works Department office memorandum Letter No.5288 Dated. 04.05.2016.
Annexure – I
Amendment to Para-3.5.5 (V ) Note-III of OPWD Code ,Vol-I by modification
Note-III. For availing incentive clause in any project which is completed before the stipulated
date of completion, subject to other stipulations it is mandatory on the part of the concerned
Superintending Engineer to report the actual date of completion, of the project as soon as
possible through fax or e-mail so that the report is received within 7 (Seven) days of such
completion by the concern Superintending Engineer. Chief Engineer & the Administrative
Department.
The incentive for timely completion should be on a graduated scale of 1 (One) percent to 5
(Five) percent of the contract value. Assessment of incentives may be worked out for earlier
completion of work in all respect in the following scale.
Before 30% of contract period = 5% of Contract Value
Before 20% to 30% of contract period = 4% of Contract Value
Before 5% of contract period = 1% of Contract Value

- 7 -
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS AFTER OPWD CODE AMENDMENTS AND

INTRODUCTION OF GST.
1. Additional performance Security shall be obtained from the bidder when the
bid amount is less than estimated cost put to tender. In such an event, only
the successful bidder who has quoted less bid price/ rates than the estimated
cost put to tender shall have to furnish the exact amount of differential cost
i.e. estimated cost put to tender minus the quoted amount as Additional
performance Security (APS) in shape of Demand Draft/Term Deposit
Receipt duly pledged in favour of the Divisional officer WITHIN SEVEN
DAYS, otherwise the bid shall be cancelled and the security deposit shall be
forfeited. Further, proceeding for black listing shall be initiated against
bidder as per amendment to para 3.5.5 (V) of OPWD code volume-I vide
office memorandum No. 14299 dt. 03.10.2017 of Govt. of Odisha work Dept.
2 The Bidder must provide the mobile No. and e-mail ID along with the
tender documents to intimate regarding date of conducting the Lottery (in
the event of number of lowest bidders is more than one). No Paper
Correspondence shall be made in this regard to avoid delay in finalization of
tender. Status of the tenders will be displayed in the Notice Board of Division
Office. (THIS OFFICE WILL NOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR NON
INTIMATION WITH OUT PROVIDING MOBILE NO./ e-mail ID.)
3. Copy of valid VAT Clearance and GSTIN shall be uploaded along with the
Tender documents for considering the Tender Non furnishing of VAT &
GSTIN will lead to REJECTION of Bid.
4. 2% GST to be deducted from work bills where agreement value exceeds Rs

2.50 Lakh. (to be applicable as per Government Notification).
5. GST on works Contract as applicable at the time of payment shall be paid

over and above the Gross amount of the Bill as per Odisha GST Act 2017.
6. Commercial invoice should be submitted by the Contractor at the time of

preparation of the work Bill to the concerned Junior Engineer with a copy to
the Division Office for enabling the Division to make necessary payment.
7. Agreement shall be drawn only after due verification of EMD & APSD of
the successful bidder and if any illegitimate instruments are found, Criminal
proceedings will be initiated against the defaulting bidder and action will be
initiated for Blacklisting through the License issuing Authority.

- 8 -

- 9 -

- 10 -

- 11 -

- 12 -

- 13 -

- 14 -

- 15 -

- 16 -

- 17 -

- 18 -

- 19 -

- 20 -
Subject: Performance Security
1. To ensure due performance of contract Performance Security is to be

obtained from the successful bidder which is awarded the contract at the rate of five to
ten per cent of the value of the contract as per para-22 of FDOM No 4939/F Dated
13.02.2012.
2. On account of slowdown in economy due to the pandemic, the State
Government is in receipt of many representations that there is acute financial crunch
among many commercial entities and contractors, which in turn is affecting timely
execution of the contracts. It has also been represented that this may affect the ability
of contractors to bid in tenders and hence reduce competition. Requests are being
received for reduction in quantum of Security Deposits in the Government contracts.
Besides, Government of India have also reduced the rate of Performance Security
from five to ten per cent to three per cent of the value of the contract.
3. In view of the above, the State Government is pleased to reduce
Performance Security from existing five to ten per cent to three per cent of the
value of the contract for all existing contracts. However, the benefit of the reduced
Performance Security will not be given in the contracts under dispute wherein
arbitration/ court proceedings have been already started or are contemplated.
4. All tenders / contracts issued/ concluded till 31.12.2021 should also have the
provision of reduced Performance Security.
5. In all contracts where Performance Security has been reduced to 3%, in view of
above stipulations, the reduced percentage of Performance Security shall continue for
the entire duration of the contract and there should be no subsequent increase of
Performance Security even beyond 31.12.2021. Similarly, in all contracts entered into
with the reduced percentage of Performance Security of 3%, there will be no
subsequent increase in Performance Security even beyond 31.12.2021.
6. Wherever, there is compelling circumstances to ask for Performance Security in
excess of three per cent as stipulated above, the same should be done only with the
approval of the next higher authority to the authority competent to finalise the particular
tender. Specific reasons justifying the exception shall be recorded.
7. These instructions will be applicable for all kinds of procurements viz. Goods,
Consultancy, Works, Non-consulting Services etc.
8. These instructions shall be deemed to be part of Odisha General Financial
Rules.
9. Works Department shall make suitable amendment in the relevant provisions of
OPWD Code.

- 21 -
Subject: Bid Security / Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)
1. To safeguard against a bidder’s withdrawing or altering its bid during the bid
validity period, Bid Security (also known as Earnest Money Deposit) is obtained from
bidders except those who are exempted from paying Bid Security as per para-21 of
FDOM No 4939/F Dated 13.02.2012. Besides, the State Government have exempted
Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs) as defined in Odisha MSME Development Policy,
2016 and Start-ups as defined under Odisha Start-ups Policy, 2016 from payment of
Bid Security while participating in tenders vide FDOM No. 27928/F Dated 16.10.2020.
2. The State Government is in receipt of many representations that on account of
slowdown in economy due to the pandemic, there is acute financial crunch among
vendors, which in turn is affecting timely execution of the contracts. It has also been
represented that this may affect the ability of vendors to bid in tenders and hence
reduce competition. Besides, Government of India have made provision in rule-171 of
General Financial Rule, 2017 asking the bidders for executing a “Bid Security
Declaration” in lieu of Bid Security with stipulation that if they withdraw or modify their
bids during period of validity etc., They will be suspended for the time specified in the
tender documents.
3. Considering the difficulties faced by the vendors and to facilitate competition in
wake of slowdown of the economy due to Covid-19 pandemic, it is hereby decided that
no provisions regarding Bid Security should be kept in the Bid Documents and
only provision for “Bid Security Declaration” Should be kept. Further, wherever,
there are compelling circumstances to ask for Bid Security, the same should be done
only with the approval of the next higher authority to the authority competent to finalize
the tender.
4. These instructions shall be applicable for all kinds of procurements viz Goods,
Consultancy, Non-consultation and Works.
5. These instructions shall be deemed to be a part of Odisha General Financial
Rules.
6. Works Department shall make suitable amendment in the relevant provisions of
OPWD Code.
7. The above instructions will be applicable for all the tenders issued till
31.12.2021.

- 22 -
Subject:- Additional Performance Security in case of Abnormally Low Bids (ALBs).
1. Additional Performance Security (APS) is being obtained from the Successful

Bidder when the Bid amount is less than estimated cost put to tender to the extent of
exact amount of differential cost i.e. estimated cost put to tender minus the quoted
amount in shape of Term Deposit Receipt pledged in favour of Divisional Officer / Bank
Guarantee in favour of the Divisional Officer from any Nationalized / Scheduled Bank
in India counter guaranteed by its local branch at Bhubaneswar within seven days of
issue of Letter of acceptance (LoA) by the Divisional Officer (by e- Mail) to the
Successful bidder otherwise the bid of the successful bidder shall be cancelled and the
Earnest Money Deposit / Bid Security shall be forfeited. Further, proceeding for
Blacklisting shall be initiated against the bidder as per amendment to Para 3.5.5 (v) of
OPWD Code, Volume-I vide works Department Office Memorandum No. 14459/W
dated 20.09.2018.
2. The State Government is in receipt of many representations that on account of
slowdown in economy due to the pandemic COVID-19, there is acute financial crunch
among many contractors, which in turn is affecting timely execution of the contracts. It
has also been represented that this may affect the ability of the contractors to bid in
tenders and hence reduce competition. Requests are being received for reduction in
quantum of Additional Performance Security in the Government Contracts.
3. In view of the above, the State Government is pleased to fix the following rate of
Additional Performance Security.
Sl No. Range of Difference between Additional Performance Security to be

the estimated cost put to tender deposited by the successful bidder
and Bid amount
i Below 5% No Additional Performance Security
ii From 5% and above and below 50% of (Difference between estimated

10% cost put to tender and Bid Amount)
iii From 10% and above 150 % of (Difference between
estimated cost put to tender and Bid
Amount)
4. This shall take effect from the date of issue of this Office Memorandum.
5. The codal provision exists in works Department Office Memorandum
No.14459/W dated 20.09.2018 stands modified to the above extent with effect from the
date of issue of this Office Memorandum.

- 23 -
E-mail- [email protected]
GOVT OF ODISHA
Phone- 06854- OFFICE OF THE SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER,
MINOR IRRIGATION DIVISION, JEYPORE.
AT/PO : JEYPORE, DIST : KORAPUT.
PHONE NO : 06854-291412, e-mail- [email protected]
e-Procurement Notice
BID IDENTIFICATION NO. MIDJEY 04 /2023-24
No. 1260 Date. 07.10.2023
The Superintending Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division, Jeypore on behalf
of Governor of Odisha invites Percentage Rate bid in Double Cover System in
ONLINE MODE Bid documents consisting of work, estimated cost, cost of tender
paper, EMD, time of completion, class of contractor, the set of terms and conditions of
contract and other necessary documents can be seen in e-procurement portal
https://tendersodisha.gov.in
1. Name of the work : Construction of Check Dams.

2. No of works : 02 Nos.
3. Estimated cost : Approximately Rs. 53.27 to 75.47 Lakhs .
4. Period of completion : 4 (Four) calendar months.
5. Date and time of availability of bid documents in the portal : from 10.00 Hours of
16.10..2023 to 17.00 Hours of 31.10.2023.
6. Last date/ time for receipt of bids in the portal : 17.00 Hours of 31.10.2023.
7. Date of opening of Bid : 11.00 Hours on 01.11.2023.
8. The bidders have to participate in ONLINE bidding only.
9. Name of the Officer inviting Bid : Superintending Engineer , Minor Irrigation Division,
Jeypore
Further details can be seen from the e-procurement portal
https://tendersodisha.gov.in
10. The Superintending Engineer Minor Irrigation Division, Jeypore on behalf of Governor
of Odisha invites Percentage Rate bids in Double cover system in online mode for the
construction of Check Dam as detailed in the table, from the class of eligible
contractors as mentioned in column-7 (Seven) registered with the State Government
and Contractors of equivalent Grade / Class Registered with Central Government /
MES / Railways for execution of composite works i.e., Civil Works, P.H. Works and E.I.
Works. The proof of registration from the appropriate authority shall be enclosed along
with the Bid. If successful, the bidder who has not registered under state government
has to register under the PWD in appropriate class of eligibility before signing of the
agreement.
11. The bidder may submit bids for the following woks.
Sl Name of the Work Value of Concer Security Cost of Class of Period of

N work ned Amount Bid Bidder Completi
o (Approx) T.I.A (Rs.) Docume on
(Rs in (Online) nt (Rs.)
Lakhs) (Online)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 Construction of Masigaon-II 75.47 S.E., 75,500/ `10000 “B” 4 (Four)
Check Dam in Stream Storage M.I. - /- Calendar
Check Dam (Low Height Check Divisio month
Dam) over Biri Nadi Near n,
village Masigaon in Kundra Jeypor
Block of Koraput District. e

- 24 -
2 Construction of Uldan Check 53.27 -do- 53,300/ `10000 “B” 4 (Four)

Dam over Jamujodi Nalla Near - /- Calendar
Village Uldan in Boipariguda month
Block of Koraput District.
12. Bid document consisting of specifications, the schedule of quantities and the set
of terms & Conditions of contract and other necessary Documents can be seen
in the website www.tendersorissa.gov.in.
13. The cost of “Tender Paper/ Bid documents” (Not refundable) in the column No.
6 of above table “ shall be paid online by the bidder on submission of bids
through payment gateway of designated banks such as SBI/ICICI Bank/ HDFC
Bank for the Government Departments. A bidder having account in other banks
can made payment using NEFT/RTGS facilities of designated banks such as
SBI, ICICI, HDFC Banks. Vide office Memorandum No 17254/W dtd.
05.12.2017 of Works Department, Government of Odisha.
14. Earnest money / Bid security is required as per memorendup No 1499 dt.
01.02.2023 of Govt. of Odisha works Department.
15. Bidders desirous to hire machineries of equipment from outside the State or
owned but deployed outside the state are required to furnish 2% of the amount
put to tender as Bid security.
16. The Bid documents will be available in the website www.tendersorissa.gov.in
from 10.00 Hours of 16.10.2023 to 17.00 Hours of 31.10.2023.
17. The Bidder must possess Compatie Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) of
Class II or Class III.
18. Bids shall be received only “On-line” on or before 17.00 Hours of 31.10.2023.
19. Bids received “on-line” shall be opened at 11.00 Hours on 01.11.2023 in the
office of the Superintending Engineer Minor Irrigation Division, Jeypore in
the presence of bidders who wish to attend. Bidder who participated in the bid
can witness the opening of bids after logging on to the site through their DSC. If
the office happens to be closed on the stipulated date of opening of Bids as
specified, the bids will be opened on the next working day at the same time and
venue.
20. The authority will not be held responsible for any technical snag or network
failure during on-line bidding.
21. The bid must be accompanied with all documents as mentioned in the check
list, which is mandatory, failing which the tender will be rejected.
22. The successful bidders have to furnish the valid labour license at the time of
agreement.
23. Amendment to codal/ contractual provisions as per works department office
memorandum no. 12366 dated. 08.11.2013 shall be followed scrupulously.
24. Amendments made vide works dept. Memorandum no. 4559 dtd. 05.04.2021 on
A.P.S. from the bidder when the bid amount is less then the estimated cost put
to tender shall be followed scrupulously.
25. Amendments made vide works department resolution no. 16262 dt. 30.10.218
on Grant of concession (s) to Schedule Caste and Scheduled Tribe contractors
shall be followed scrupulously.
26. Other special conditions and details can be seen in the bid documents.
27. Bidders shall provide their e-mal id. correspondence address. Mobile No.
(Whats App) along with scan copy of valid GSTIN. PAN Experience Certificate,
Machinery documents and other documents as per DTCN Clause.

- 25 -
28. Scanned clear copies should be uploaded. Non-visible copies of documents

may be liable for rejection.
29. The authority reserves right to cancel or all bids without assigning any reason
thereof.
Sd/- Suprava Kanhar
Superintending Engineer
M.I.Division, Jeypore
Memo. No. 1261 Date: 07.10.2023
Copy in duplicate submitted to the Deputy Secy-cum-Deputy Director
Information and Public Relation Department, (O) Bhubaneswar for favour of
information and necessary action. He is requested to publish the tender notice in two
local Odia news paper & one local English Daily in two consecutive issues observing
economy in space at the earliest.
ENCL: CD containing Notice
Sd/- Suprava Kanhar
Memo. No. 1262 Date: 07.10.2023
Copy along with a compact Disc containing the tender call notice and the Bid
documents submitted to the Head portal Group, IT Centre, Department of IT, North
Annexe of the State Secretariat Ground Floor, Bhubaneswar 751 001. submitted with a
request to publish in web site of Govt. of Odisha. The Notice may kindly be published
in the web site.
ENCL: CD One No.
Sd/- Suprava Kanhar
Superintending Engineer,
Memo. No. 1263 Date: 07.10.2023
Copy submitted to the Chief Engineer, Minor Irrigation (Odisha), Bhubaneswar
for favour of kind information and necessary action.
Sd/- Suprava Kanhar
Memo. No. 1264 Date: 07.10.2023
Copy submitted to the Add;. Chief Engineer, KBK.-II, Minor Irrigation Circle,
Jeypore for favour of kind information and necessary action
Sd/- Suprava Kanhar

Memo. No. 1265 Date: 07.10.2023
Copy submitted to the Director, Printing, Stationary & Publication, Government
Press, Madhupatna, Cuttack with a request to publish the tender notice in the next
issue of Odisha Gazette .
ENCL: CD containing Notice
Sd/- Suprava Kanhar


- 26 -
Memo. No. 1266 Date: 07.10.2023

Copy submitted to the Collector and District Magistrate, Koraput/ Sub-Collector,
Koraput/ Jeypore / Superintendent of Police, Koraput / I.I.C, Town Police Station,
Jeypore/ Koraput for favour of kind information and necessary action.
Sd/- Suprava Kanhar

Memo. No. 1267 Date: 07.10.2023
Copy in duplicate forwarded to the Asst. Executive Engineer, M.I.Sub-Division,
Jeypore/ Koraput/ Semiliguda/ Narayanpatna for information and for display of the
notice in the board for wide circulation
Sd/- Suprava Kanhar

Memo. No. 1268 Date: 07.10.2023
Copy to Superintending Engineer’s table / Assistant Engineer (Estimator), /
Divisional Accounts Officer / Head Clerk / Steno / Cashier / Notice Board / Tender file
for information and necessary action
Sd/- Suprava Kanhar

Memo. No. 1269 Date: 07.10.2023
Copy to Chief Construction Engineer UKP, Bariniput / ACE, R&B Circle Jeypore/
ALL S.E.s under KBK MI-II, Circle Jeypore/ SE, R & B Division, Jeypore/ Koraput/ SE,
R W Division, Jeypore/ Koraput, for information with request to display the tender
notice on their notice board for wide circulation.
Sd/- Suprava Kanhar


- 27 -
PARTICULARS OF TENDER
Construction of Masigaon-II Check Dam in

1. Name of the work :
Stream Storage Check Dam (Low Height
Check Dam) over Biri Nadi Near village
Masigaon in Kundra Block of Koraput District
2. Estimated Cost : ` 7546452/-
3. E.M.D. : ` 75500/-
4. Period of Completion. : 04 (Four) Calendar Months including monsoon.
5. Class of Contractor : “B” Class Registered under Govt. of Odisha

and other eligible classes registered
elsewhere mentioned in Tender Call Notice.
6. Cost of tender document : `10,000/-
7. Availability of Bid : From 16.10.2023 at 10.00 Hrs upto

document. 31.10.2023 at 17.00 Hrs in web site only.
8. Date of receipt of Bid : Up to 17.00 hours of 31.10.2023

document.
9. Date of opening of bid : At 11.00 hours of 01.11.2023 in the Office

documents of the Superintending Engineer MI Division,
Jeypore

- 28 -
INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
1. E - Procurement
The bidders desirous to participate in “on-line” bidding must possess compatible
Digital Signature Certificate of Class II or Class III. The web site for on-line bidding is
http://tendersorissa.gov.in.
2. General
Forms for bid and letter of Transmittal are attached herewith. All information
required, for the enclosed forms should be furnished. If any particulars query is not
relevant it should be stated as ‘Not applicable’. However, the tenderers are cautioned that
giving incomplete information in the tender or making any change in the prescribed
forms may render the tender non-responsive.
Reference information and certificates furnished along with the tender for the
respective owner certifying the suitability, technical know how or capability of the tender
should be signed by the owner.
The tenderer is to attach any additional information which he thinks are
necessary in regard to his capabilities. No further information will be entertained after
submission of bid document unless it is called for by the Government of Odisha
The condition of this bid document shall eventually be a component of Agreement.
3. Project Out Line
The project site located at near village at Masigaon of Masigaon-II Check Dam of
Koraput District. The site is about 18 KM from Kundra Block H.Q.
Scope of work
The work under present tender involves Imp. of Masigaon-II Check Dam in Kundra
Block of Koraput District.

- 29 -
Site Visit
The Project site may be inspected by the tenderer or his authorized representative
at his own cost with prior appointment with the Superintending Engineer, Minor
Irrigation Division, Jeypore.
4. General Specification
The work is to be executed in accordance with the Odisha standard specification &
Technical specification mentioned in financial Bid documents. Quality Standards of
Bureau of Indian standard specification are to be followed.
5. Language of bid documents
All information as called for in the bid documents shall be furnished in English.
All literature and correspondences in connection with bid shall also be in English. In
case of amount, it has to be shown in both word and figures in English.
6. Preparation of bid
The intending bidders shall upload the scanned copy of documents, certificates,
deposit receipts, affidavits form duly digitally signed for the bid. All the information called
for should be furnished. No change to the forms will be accepted. Over writing or
corrections must be initialed by the intending tenderer.
7. Bid Prices
In case of submission of Bids through the E-Procurement Portal, an intelligent Bill of
Quantity in Microsoft Excel format shall be made available to the bidder. The bidder shall
download that particular excel sheet and fill in the rates in figures at the appropriate
locations. The line item total in words and the total amount in case of item rate tenders shall
be calculated automatically and shall be visible to the bidder. In case of percentage tender,
the bidder will only fill in the designated cell and activate “less” or “excess” to indicate
whether his/her price offer is how much excess or less than the estimate amount. The bidder
is not supposed to change or modify the format of the excel sheet in any form. The Bidders
shall quote the percentage up to one decimal point only.

- 30 -
8. Method of submission of bid Documents
The original copy of documents, certificates, deposit receipts, affidavits, should be
physically produced before the Office inviting Tender on being declared as successful
after opening of the bid. They should digitally sign on all statements, documents,
certificates uploaded by them, owning responsibility for their correctness/ authenticity.
The authority reserves the right to verify the authenticity of documents incase of any
doubt or complain.
8.1 If the intending tenderer is an individual, the documents shall be signed by the
individual above his full type written name and current address.
8.2 If the intending tender is a proprietary firm it shall be signed by the proprietor
above his full name and with his current address.
8.3 If the intending tenderer is a firm in partnership it shall be signed by a partner
holding the power of attorney for the firm in partnership in which case a
certified copy of power of attorney shall accompany in the technical bid
documents.
8.4 If the intending tenderer is a limited company or Corporation, it shall be signed
by a duly authorized person holding the power of attorney in which case
certified copy of power of attorney shall accompany
8.5 All witness and sureties shall be of person of status and probity and their full
names, occupation and address shall be stated below their signatures.
9. Opening of bid Documents
The bid documents will be opened by the Superintending Engineer MI Division,
Jeypore on the date and time notified in the tender notice in the presence of tenderer or
his representative who chose to be Present.

10. Final Decision making authority
The competent authority reserves the right to accept or reject bid without
assigning any reasons and its decision shall be final.
11. Further Clarification
The Superintending Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division, Jeypore may be contacted
during office hours on any working days for any further clarification regarding bid
criteria.

- 31 -
LETTER OF TRANSMITAL
To
The Superintending Engineer
MI Division, Jeypore.
Sub : Submission of bid for the work " Construction of Masigaon-II Check Dam in
Stream Storage Check Dam (Low Height Check Dam) over Biri Nadi Near
village Masigaon in Kundra Block of Koraput District”.
Sir,
Having examined the details given in invitation and bid for the work
“Construction of Masigaon-II Check Dam in Stream Storage Check Dam (Low Height
Check Dam) over Biri Nadi Near village Masigaon in Kundra Block of Koraput District..
I/we hereby submit the bid information and relevant documents.
2. We hereby certify that all the statements made as information supplied in the
enclosed forms and Annexure are true and correct.
3. We have furnished all information and details necessary as per check list for bid
and have no further pertinent information to supply.
4. We submit the requisite certified liquid asset/ credit facility certificate and authorize
the Superintending Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division, Jeypore to approach the
Bank issuing the Liquid asset/credit facility certificate to verify the correctness
thereof. We also authorize the Superintending Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division,
Jeypore to approach individuals, employers, firms and corporations to verify our
competence and general reputation.
5. We submit the following certificates in support of our suitability, technical

knowledge, and capability for having successfully completed the following works.
6. We submit requisite affidavit as mentioned in Tender Call Notice.
Name of work. Client / Owner
1.
2.
3. Signature of Tenderer
Enclosures:
Seal of Tenderer
Date of submission

- 32 -
ANNEXURE – C (1)
Details of plants and equipments owned by the Bidder
which may be used for construction work
(Proof of ownership to be attached)
1. Name of Equipment ………………………………………………………………………
2. Number of units ………………………………………………………………………
3. Kind and make ………………………………………………………………………
4. Capacity ………………………………………………………………………
5. Normal life specified by the manufacturer ……………………………………………………
6. Number of actual working hour put in by the machine ………………………………………
7. Present location ………………………………………………………………………
8. Remarks ………………………………………………………………………
Signature of Bidder
ANNEXURE – C (2)
(No Relationship Certificate)
I/We hereby certify that I/We* am/are* related/not related (*) to any officer of Water
Resources Department of the rank of Assistant Engineer & above and any officer of the rank of
Assistant / Under Secretary and above of the Water Resources Department of I/We* am/are*
aware that, if the facts subsequently proved to be false, my/our* contract will be rescinded with
forfeiture of E.M.D and security deposit and I/We* shall be liable to make good the loss or
damage resulting from such cancellation. I//We also note that, non-submission of this certificate
will render my / our tender liable for rejection.
Signature of Tenderer

- 33 -
ANNEXURE- E (1)
AFFIDAVIT
I, Sri……………………………….………………….…… Aged ………….. Years, Son/

Daughter/ Wife of Sri ………………..……………………………….. at present residing At……………….
P.O ……………….. P.S ……………….. Dist ………………….. Pin ………………. do here by solemnly
affirm as follows.
i) That, I / We posses a valid license for execution of works contract issued by

*………………….. belongs to …………… Class & is valid up to * *……………………
I am submitting tenders before the Superintending Engineer MI Division, Jeypore for
execution of following works in response to Tender Call Notice No. ………….
1. ……………………………………….* * *
2. ………………………………………. etc.
ii) I am the authorized signatory on behalf of contractor for the tender for the work / works
mentioned above.
iii) I am swearing this affidavit that all tender documents and accompanying papers those
being submitted by me before the Superintending Engineer MI Division, Jeypore
including E.M.D. in any shape are all authentic and bonafied documents in the eyes of
the law of the land.
That the facts stated in the affidavit are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Signature of Contractor /
Authorized Signatory
Note :
*Mention the license issuing authority.
* *Mention the date up to which the license is valid
* * *Mention name of works for which tender is being submitted.

- 34 -
ANNEXURE- E(2)
AFFIDAVIT
I, Sri……………………………………….................... Aged …………….. Years,

Son/ Daughter/ Wife of Sri…………………………………......................................... at
present residing At ………………………….................... P.O...................................
P.S………………........................ Dist…………………............. Pin……………….
………………. do here by declare that , I have not registered under the VAT act in the
state of Odisha as I have not started any business in the state and I have no liability
under the act.
In the event of this contract is awarded to me, I will register my self in the VAT
Act in the State of Odisha and I will produce the VAT clearance certificate in form VAT
612 before drawl of agreement.
That the facts stated in the affidavit are true to the best of my knowledge and
belief.
Signature of Contractor /
Authorized Signatory
Note-: This certificate is required to be furnished by the outside contractor who has not
started any business in the state of Odisha.

- 35 -
PART-II
CHAPTER – I
CONTRACT FOR WORKS

- 36 -
ODISHA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (FORM F-2)

Item Rate Tender and Contract for works
General Rules and Directions for the Guidance of Contractor.
1. All works proposed for execution by contract will be notified in a form of

invitation to tender pasted on a board hung up in the office and signed by the Sub-
divisional Officer / Superintending Engineer.
This notice will state the work to be carried out, the items and approximate
quantities thereof as well as the date for submitting and opening tenders also the
amount of earnest money to be deposited and the amount of the security deposit to
be deposited by the successful tenderer and the percentage if any, to be deducted
from bills. Copies of the specification, designs, and drawings and any other
documents required in connection with the submission of tender signed for the
purpose of identification by the Sub-divisional Officer / Superintending Engineer
shall also be open for inspection by the contractor at the office of the Sub-divisional
Officer/ Superintending Engineer during office hours.
2. In the event of the tender being submitted by a firm it must be signed

separately by each member thereof, or in the event of the absence of any partner, it
must be signed on his behalf by a person holding a power of attorney authorizing him
to do so.
3. Receipts for payments made on account of work, when executed by a firm,
must also be signed by the several partners, except where the contractors are
described in their tender as a firm in which case the receipt must be signed in the
name of the firm by one of the partners, or by some other person having authority to
give effectual receipts for the firm.
4. The memorandum of work tendered for and the memorandum of materials to
be supplied by the Public Works Department and their issue rates shall be filled in
and completed in the office of the Sub-divisional Officer/ Superintending Engineer
before the tender form is issued if a form is issued to an intending tendered without
having been so filled in a completed he shall request the office to have this done
before he completes and delivers his tender.
5. Any person who submits a tender shall fill up the usual printed form stating at
what rate he is willing to undertake each item of the work. Incomplete tender and
tenders which propose any alternation in the work specified in the said form of
invitation to tender, or which contain any other conditions of any sort, or omit to note
the time within which the work can be furnished or which are not accompanied by a
treasury challan for the required earnest money will be liable to rejection. No single
tender shall include more than one work. But contractors who wish to tender for two
or more work shall submit a separate tender for each. Tender shall bear the name of
the work to which they refer written outside the envelope. Cash deposits for earnest
money herein before mentioned shall be made in Govt. treasuries and the challan
thereof should be enclosed with the tender.
6. The Engineer or his duly authorized assistant will open the tenders in the
presence of any intending contractors who may be present at the time and will enter
the amounts of the several tenders in a comparative statement in a suitable form. In
the event of a tender being rejected, the challan for the earnest money forwarded
therewith shall there upon be returned to the tenderer with a pay order for the
amount of the earnest money.
7. The Engineer shall have the right of rejecting all or any of the tenders.
8. In the event of a tender being selected for acceptance the Engineer who opened
the tenders will, if he is competent to accept the tender, inform the tenderer of the

- 37 -
selected tender who shall there upon sign copies of the specification and other
document mentioned in rules 1 and 4 for the purpose of identification and for his
acceptance with tender. The tenderer of the selected tender shall also deposit the
required amount of the security money within the prescribed time. If the tenderer
fails to deposit the required amount of the security money within the prescribed time,
the Engineer may reject the tender.
If the Engineer is not competent to accept the tender himself, he will inform
the tenderer of the tender which he decides to recommend for acceptance. Such
tenderer shall there upon sign forthwith copies of the specification and other
documents mentioned in rules 1 to 4 shall deposit the required amount of the
security money within the prescribed time, the tender with the specification and
other documents signed by the tenderer will then be forwarded for acceptance to the
Engineer competent to accept the same in case he rejects the tender the security
money deposited shall be refunded to tenderer.
9. When a tender is selected for acceptance the tenderer shall deposit the
required amount of the security money in cash in the treasury and shall forward the
challan to the Superintending Engineer Govt. securities may be endorsed to the
Superintending Engineer in lieu of a cash deposit of the required amount of the
security money. No tender shall be finally accepted until the required amount of the
security money has been deposited.
10. The amount of security money to be deposited by the tenderer whose tender is
selected for acceptance shall be 2 percent of the estimated value of the work and
towards this amount, the earnest money already deposited by him shall be credited.
At least half this security inclusive of the earnest money shall be deposited by the
tenderer within such time as may be notified to him in writing by the office opening
the tender, failing which tender shall be liable to rejection.
Any balance of the Security money outstanding after completion of the
contract with the tenderer may be made up by deductions of 5 percent of the amount
of each payment to be made to him under clause 6 of the conditions of contract for
the work done under the contract.
11. When tender has been selected for acceptance and the required amount of the
security money has been deposited the Engineer shall scrutinize all pages of the form
of item, rate, tender and contract for works to see that the form has been properly
filled up and signed by the contractor and the signature witnessed. He shall then, if
he is competent to accept the tender, sign the acceptance of the tender or if he is not
so competent, shall send the form for signature of the acceptance to the officer
competent to accept it.
12. (i) A separate and specific bank account may be opened to keep the
security deposits deducted from the running bills in any Nationalized
Bank only in the name of the concerned Executive Engineer of the
Division/ FA & CAO, but not in personal name.
(ii) The security amount so deposited should be withdrawn from the same
account after completion of the defect liability period of the concerned
work and after the work is found defect free in all respects.

- 38 -
MEMORANDUM OF TENDER FOR WORKS
I/We hereby tender for the execution for the Governor of Odisha of the work specified
in the under written memorandum at the specified therein within a period of 04 (Four)
months from the date of written order to commence and complete in all respect with the
specifications, designs, drawings and other documents referred to in rule-1 there of and
subject to the annexed conditions of contract and with such material as are provided for by
and in all other respects in accordance with such conditions so far as applicable.
MEMORANDUM
a) Name of work : i) If several sub works are Construction of

included, they should be detailed Masigaon-II Check
in a separate list
Dam in Stream
Storage Check Dam
(Low Height Check
Dam) over Biri Nadi
Near village Masigaon
in Kundra Block of
Koraput District
b) Name of the
Contractor :
c) Estimated Cost of
the work : i Amount put to tender : Rs. 7546452/-
ii. Agreement Amount :
d) Earnest money Rs. 75500/-

deposit : i. 1% of the tender value
e) The deposit will be i) Initial Security deposit (including
2% of the estimated earnest money) to be deposited
cost of the work at the time agreement:
ii) Additional Performance Security

:
f) This percentage i) Percentage to be deducted from
deduction from bills bills @ Rs. 5% (Rupees five
will be credited to percent) :
the contractor’s
security deposit
g) Period for i. Time required for the work from 04 calendar month
completion of the date of written order to
work commence :
ii. Date of written order to
commence:
iii. Stipulated date of completion :
iv. Total number of items of work

tendered For : 10 (Ten)
Should this tender be accepted I/We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill all the
terms and provisions of the said conditions of contract annexed here to so far as

- 39 -
applicable, or in default there of to forfeit and pay to the Governor of Odisha or his
successors in office the sums of money mentioned in the said conditions.
Dated the …………….. day of ……………2023
Signature of the Signature of the

Contractor Contractor before
submission of tender
Witness:
Signature of one witness

to Tenderer’s signature
Address:
Occupation:
The above tender is hereby accepted by me on behalf of the Governor of Odisha.
Dated the ………………day of …………. 2023
Signature of the Officer
Minor Irrigation Division,
by whom accepted
Jeypore

- 40 -
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Clause-1 : All compensation or other sums of money payable by the

Compensation contractor to Government under the terms of his contract may be
for delay deducted from or paid by, the sale of a sufficient part of his security
deposit or from the interest arising there from, or from any sums
which may be due or may become due to the contractor by
Government on any account whatsoever and in the event of his
security deposit being reduced by reason of any such deduction or
sale as aforesaid, the contractor shall within ten days thereafter make
good in shape of NSC/ KVP/ Deposit receipt of schedule Bank
Pledged in favour of the Superintending Engineer endorsed as
aforesaid any sum or sums which may have been deducted from, or
raised by, sale of the security deposit or any part thereof.
The work should not be Clause-2(a): the time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in
considered finished until the tender shall be strictly observed by the contractor and shall be
such date as the reckoned from the date on which the written order to commence
Superintending Engineer work is given to the contractor. The work shall throughout the
shall certify as the date stipulated period of the contract, be carried on with all due diligence
as on which the work is (time being deemed to be essence of the contract on the part of the
finished after necessary contractor) and the contractor shall pay, as compensation, an amount
rectification of defects equal to 1/2 percent of the amount of the estimated cost, if the whole
as pointed out by the work as shown by the tender for every day that the work remains un-
Superintending Engineer commenced, or un-finished after the proper dates (The work should
or his authorised agents not be considered finished until such date as the Superintending
are fully complied with Engineer shall certify as the date on which the work is finished after
by the contractor to the
necessary rectification of defects as pointed out by the
Superintending
Superintending Engineer or his authorised agents, are fully complied
with by the contractor to the Superintending Engineer’s satisfaction).
Engineer’s satisfaction :
And further to ensure good progress during the execution of the
work, the contractor shall be bound, in all cases in which the time
allowed for any work exceeds one month, to complete one-fourth of
the whole of the work before one fourth of the whole time allowed
under the contract has elapsed, one half of the work, before the half
of such time has elapsed, and three fourth of work before three
fourths of such time has elapsed. In the event of the contractor failing
to comply with the condition he shall be liable to pay as
compensation an amount equal to one-third percent on the said
estimated cost of the whole work for every day that the due quantity
of work remains incomplete. Provided always that the entire amount
of compensation to be paid under the provision of this clause shall
not exceed 10 percent of the estimated cost of the work as shown in
the tender.

- 41 -
(b) If there are possibilities of exceeding this compensation

amount as mentioned in clause (a) 10% of the estimated cost, or in
Actions when whole any case in which under any clause or clauses of this contract, the
security deposit is contractor shall have rendered himself liable to pay compensation
forfeited:
amounting to the whole of his security deposit in the hands of
Government (whether paid in the sum or deducted by installments)
the Superintending Engineer on behalf of the Governor of Odisha,
shall have power to adopt any of the following courses, as he may
deem best suited to the interest of the Government.
i) To rescind the contract (of which recession notice in writing

to the contractor under the hand of the Superintending Engineer
shall be conclusive evidence) 20% of the value of the left over
work will be realised from the contractor as penalty .
ii) To employ labour paid by Deptt. of Water Resources and to
supply materials to carry out the work, or any part of the work,
debiting the contractor with the cost of the labour and the price of
the materials (of the amount of which the cost and price certificate
of the Superintending Engineer shall be final and conclusive
against the contractor) and crediting him with the value of the
work done, in all respect in the same manner and at the same rates
as if it had been carried out by the contractor under the terms of his
contract; the certificate of the Superintending Engineer as to the
value of the work done shall be final and conclusive against the
contractor.
iii) To measure up the work of the contractor and to take such
part of the work of the contract, as shall be unexecuted out of his
hands and to give it to another contractor to complete, in which
case any expenses which may be incurred in excess of the sum
which would have been paid to the original contractor if the whole
work had been executed by him (of the amount of which excess
the certificate in writing of the Superintending Engineer shall be
final and conclusive) shall be borne and paid by the original
contractor and may be deducted from any money due to him by
Government under the contract or otherwise or from his security
deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof or a sufficient part thereof.
In the event of any of the above courses being adopted by the
Superintending Engineer the contractor shall have no claim to
compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his
having purchased or procured any materials, or entered into any
engagements, or made any advance on account of with a view to
the execution of the work or the performance of the contract. And
in case the contract shall be rescinded under the provision
aforesaid, the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid
any sum for any work there to for actually performed under this
contract, unless and until the Superintending Engineer shall have
certified in writing the performance of such work and the value
payable in-respect thereof and he shall only be entitled to be paid
the value so Certified.

- 42 -
iv) Security deposit of the contractor shall be refunded only one

year after the date of completion of the work provided the final bill
has been paid and defects, if any rectified. In case, however where
refund of security is delayed for non payment of final bill, two
percent of the security deposit recovered as earnest money and
initial security shall be refunded and the balance of the security
deposit shall be refunded after payment of the final bill. However,
the security deposit less any amount due, shall be returned to the
contractor subject to the Engineer-in- Charge certifying that no
liability attaches to the contractor.
Clause-3 : In any case in which any of the powers, conferred upon

Contractor remains the Superintending Engineer by clause 3 here of, shall have become
liable to pay
compensation if action
exercisable if the same shall not be exercised. The non-exercise
not taken under thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions in the
clause – 5 event any further here of and such powers shall not with standing to
be exercisable.
In the event of any future case of default by the contractor of

which by any clause or clauses hereof he is declared liable to pay
compensation amounting to the whole of his security deposit, and
the liability of the contractor for past and future compensation shall
remain unaffected. In the event of the Superintending Engineer
putting in force the powers vested in him under the preceding
clauses, he may if he so desires, take possession of all or any tools,
Power to take plants, materials and stores, in or upon the works, or the site thereof
possession of a or belonging to the Contractor, or procured by him and intended to
require removal of or be used for the execution of the work or any part thereof, paying or
sell contractor’s plants
allowing for the same in the account at the contract rates, or in case
of these not being applicable, at current market rates to be certified
by the Superintending Engineer whose certificate thereof shall be
final, otherwise the Superintending Engineer may notice in writing
to the contractor or his clerk of the works, foreman or other
authorised agent require him to remove such tools, plants, materials,
or stores from the premises (within a time to be specified in such
notice) and in the event of the contractor failing to comply with any
such requisition, the Superintending Engineer may remove them at
the contractor’s expense or sell them by auction or private sale on
account of the contractor and at his risk in all respects, and the
certificate of the Superintending Engineer as to the expense of any
such removal and the amount of the proceeds and expense of any
such sale shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
Clause - 4 : If the contractor shall desire an extension of the time for

Extension of time completion of the work, on the ground of his having been
unavoidably hindered in its execution or any other ground, he shall
apply in writing to the Superintending Engineer within 30 days of
the date of the hindrance on account of which he desires such
extension as aforesaid and, the Superintending Engineer shall, if in

- 43 -
his opinion (which shall be final) reasonable grounds be shown

therefore, authorise such extension of time, if any, as may in his
opinion be necessary or proper. The Superintending Engineer shall
at the same time inform the contractor whether he claims
compensation for delay.
In case where the sanction of higher authority to grant

extension of time is necessary, the Superintending Engineer will
send his recommendation to higher authority. If the order of the
competent authority is not received within 60 days from the date of
receipt of recommendation of the Superintending Engineer, the
Superintending Engineer shall grant extension of time under
intimation to the concerned authorities so that the contract shall
remain in force, but while communicating this extension of time he
must inform the contractor that extension is granted without
prejudice to Government’s right to levy compensation under relevant
clause of the Agreement.
Clause-5 : On completion of the work, the contractor shall be

Final Certificate furnished with a certificate by the Superintending Engineer
(hereinafter called the Engineer-in-charge) of such completion, but
no such certificate be given nor shall the work be considered to be
completed until the contractor shall have removed from the area of
the premises (to be distinctly marked by the Superintending
Engineer in the site plan) on which the work shall be executed all
scaffolding surplus materials and rubbish, and cleared off the dirt
from all wood-work, doors, windows, walls, floors or other parts of
any building in upon or about which the work is to be executed, or of
which he may have had possession for the purpose of the execution
thereof, nor until the work shall have been measured by the Officer
of the Department of Water Resources in accordance with the rules
of the department whose measurements shall be binding and
conclusive against the contractor, if the contractor shall fail to
comply with the requirements of this clause as to removal of
scaffolding surplus materials and rubbish and cleaning off dirt on or
before the date fixed for the completion of the work, the Engineer-
in-charge may at the expense of the contractor remove such
scaffoldings surplus materials and rubbish and dispose of the same
as he thinks fit and clean off such dirt as aforesaid and the contractor
shall forthwith pay the amount of all expenses incurred and shall
have no claim in respect of any such scaffolding or surplus
materials; as aforesaid except for any sum actually realised by the
sale thereof.
Sub-Clause - 5 : If in the opinion of Engineer-in-Charge, which

shall be final and binding on the contractor, occupation or utilisation
of a portion of the work completed in no way interferes with
progress of the work the same may be occupied or utilised by on
behalf of the Govt. under the written order of the Engineer-in-
Charge and to get the defects, if any rectified by the contractor at his
(Contractor) own cost within six months from the date of completion

- 44 -
of the whole work provided that the contractor will not be allowed
any concession either in the shape of extension of stipulated period
or any other monetary compensation on account of such occupation
or use.
Clause-6 : A bill shall be submitted by the contractor each month on

Payment on or before the date fixed by the Engineer-in-charge for all works
intermediate
certificate be regarded
executed in the previous month and the Engineer-in-Charge or his
as advances and bill subordinate shall take the requisite measurement for the purpose
to be submitted having the same verified and the claim as far as admissible, adjusted,
monthly. if possible, before the expiry of ten days from the presentation of the
bill. If the contractor does not submit the bill within the time fixed as
aforesaid, the Engineer-in-Charge or his subordinate shall measure
up the said work in the presence of the contractor whose counter
signature to the measurement list will be sufficient warrant, and the
Engineer-in-Charge or his subordinate shall prepare a bill from such
list which shall be binding on the contractor in all respects.
Provided that, if any balance of the 7% security, outstanding

from each such payment shall be deducted so as to, not exceeding
5% as may be necessary to make up the balance of the security. All
such intermediate payments to the contractor shall be regarded as
payments by way of advance against the final payment only and not
as payments for work actually done and completed and shall not
preclude the requiring of bad, unsound and imperfect or unskillful
work to be removed and taken away and reconstructed or erected, or
any part thereof in any respect, or the accrual of any claim nor shall
it conclude, determine, or effect in any way the powers of the
Engineer-in-Charge under these conditions or any of them as to the
final settlement or adjustment of the accounts or otherwise, or in any
other way vary or affect the contract.
Clause-7 : The final bill shall be prepared by the officers of the

Department of Water Resources in accordance with the rules of the
Department in the presence of the contractor within one month of the
date fixed for completion of the work.
Clause-8 : If the specification or estimate of the work provides for

Stores supplied by the use of any special description of materials to be supplied from
Government.
the Engineer-in-Charge’s store, or if it is required that the contractor
shall use certain stores to be provided by the Engineer-in-Charge
under the conditions of this contract (such materials and stores and
the prices to be charged therefore as hereinafter mentioned being so
far as practicable for the convenience of the contractor, but not so as
in any way to control the meaning or effect of this contract or are
specified in the schedule or memorandum hereto annexed) the
contractor shall be supplied with such materials and stores noted in
the annexed schedule as are required from time to time to be used by
him for the purposes of the contract only, and the value of the full
quantity of materials and stores so supplied at the rates specified in
the said schedule may be set off or deducted from any sums then,

- 45 -
due or thereafter to become due to the contractor under the contract

or otherwise, or against or from the security deposit, or the proceeds
of sale thereof if the same is held in Government securities, the same
or a sufficient portion thereof being in this case sold for the purpose.
All materials supplied to the contractor shall remain the absolute
property of Government and shall not on any account be removed
from the site of the work and shall at all times be open to inspection
by the Engineer-in-Charge. Any such materials unused and in
perfectly good condition at the time of the completion or
determination of the contract shall be returned to the Engineer-in-
Charge’s store, at the prevailing market rate or at the issue rate
whichever is less if by a notice in writing under his hand he shall so
require, but the contractor shall not be entitled to return any such
materials unless with such consent, and shall have no claim for
compensation on account of any such materials so supplied to him as
aforesaid being unused by him, or for any wastage in or damage to
any such materials.
Clause - 8(a) : “If a contractor removes any materials or stock so
supplied to him from the site of the work in contravention of the
provision of this clause with a view to dispose of the same
dishonestly, he shall, in addition to any other liability, civil or
criminal arising out of this contract be liable to pay a penalty
equivalent to five times the price of the said materials or stock,
according to the stipulated rate. The penalty so imposed shall be
recoverable from any sum that be then or at any time thereafter may
become due to the contractor, or from his security deposit, or the
proceeds of sale thereof”.
Clause-8(b) : Owing to difficulty in obtaining certain materials in
the open market the Government have undertaken to supply
materials specified in the schedule hereto annexed. There may be
delay in obtaining materials by the Department and the contractor is
therefore required to keep himself in touch with the day to day
position regarding the supply of materials from the Engineer-in-
Charge and to so adjust the progress of the work that their labour
may not remain idle nor may there be any other claim due to or
arising from delay in obtaining the materials. It should be clearly
understood that no monetary claim whatsoever shall be entertained
by the Government on account of delay in supplying materials.
However, extension of time for completion of work can be granted
on timely application by the contractor vide also Clause-4.
Clause - 9 : The contractor shall execute the whole and every part of
Works to be executed
in accordance with
the work in the most substantial and workmanlike manner, and both
specification, drawing as regards materials and otherwise in every respect in strict
and orders etc. accordance with the specifications. The contractor shall also confirm
exactly, fully and faithfully to the designs, drawings and instructions
in writing relating to the work signed by the Engineer-in-Charge and
lodged in his office, and to which the contractor shall be entitled to
have access at such office, for the purpose of inspection during office
hour and the contractor shall, if he so requires, be entitled at his own
expenses to make or cause to be made copies of the specification, and

- 46 -
of all such designs, drawings and instructions as aforesaid.
Clause-10 : The Engineer-in-Charge shall have power to make any

alterations in or additions to the original specifications, drawings,
designs and instructions that may appear to him necessary and
Do not invalidate advisable during the progress of work and the contractor shall be
Contract. bound to carry out the work in accordance with any instructions
which may be given to him in writing signed by the Engineer-in-
Charge and such alteration shall not invalidate the contract, and any
additional work which the contractor may be directed to do in the
manner above specified as part of the work shall be carried out by the
contractor on the same conditions in all respects on which he agreed
to do the main work, and at the same rates as are specified in the
tender for the main work. The time for the completion of the work
shall be extended in the proportion that the additional work differs to
the original contract work and the certificate of the Engineer-in-
Charge shall be conclusive as to, such proportion. And if the
Extension of time in additional work includes any class of work, for which no rate is
consequence of specified in this contract, then such class of work shall be carried out
alterations. at the rates entered in the sanctioned schedule of rates of the locality
during the period when the work is being carried on and if such last
mentioned class of work is not entered on the schedule of rates of the
district, then the contractor shall within seven days of the date of his
receipt of the order to carry out the work inform the Engineer-in-
Charge of the rate which it is his intension to charge for such class of
work, and if the Engineer-in-Charge does not agree to this rate he
shall by notice in writing be at liberty to cancel his order to carry out
such class of work and arrange to carry it out in such manner as he
may consider advisable.
No deviations from the specification stipulated in the contract

or additional items of work shall ordinarily be carried out by the
contractor, nor shall any altered, additional or substituted work be
Rates of work not in
carried out by him, unless the rates of the substituted, altered or
estimate or schedule
of rates of the district additional items have been approved and fixed in writing by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
The contractor shall be bound to submit his claim for any
additional work done during any month on or before the 15th day of
the following month accompanied by a copy of the order in writing of
the Engineer-in-Charge for the additional work and that the
contractor shall not be entitled to any payment in respect of such
additional work if he fails to submit his claim within he aforesaid
period.
Provided always that if the contractor shall commence work or
incur any expenditure in regard thereof before the rates shall have
been determined as lastly herein before mentioned, in such case he
shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of the work carried out or
expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of the determination of
the rates as aforesaid according to such rates as shall be fixed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. In the event of a dispute, the decision of the
Superintending Engineer of the Circle will be final

- 47 -
No compensation for Clause-11 : If at any time after the commencement of the work the
alteration in or Governor of Odisha shall for any reason whatsoever not required the
restriction of wok to be whole thereof as specified in the tender to be carried out, the
carried out. Engineer-in-Charge shall give notice in writing of the fact to the
contractor who shall have no claim to any payment or compensation
whatsoever on account of any profit or advantage, which he might
have derived from the execution of the work in full which he did not
derive in consequence of the full amount of the work not having been
carried out neither shall he have any claim for compensation by
reason of any alterations having been made in the original
specification drawings, designs and instruction which shall involve
any curtailment of the work as originally contemplated.
Clause -12 : If it shall appear to the Engineer-in-charge or his sub-

Action and ordinate-in-charge of the work, that any work, that any work has been
compensation payable executed with unsound, imperfect or unskillful workmanship or with
in case of bad work. materials of any inferior description, or that any materials or articles
provided by him for the execution of the work are unsound or of a
quality inferior to that contracted for or otherwise not in accordance
with the contract, the contractor, shall on demand in writing from the
Engineer-in-Charge specifying the work, materials or articles
complained of notwithstanding that the same may have been
inadvertently passed certified and paid for, forthwith rectify or
remove and reconstruct the work so specified in whole or in part, as
the case may require or as the case may be, remove the materials or
articles so specified and provide other proper and suitable materials
or articles at his own proper charge and cost, and in the event of his
failing to do so within a period to be specified by the Engineer-in-
charge in his demand aforesaid, then the contractor shall be liable to
pay compensation at the rate of one percent on the amount of the
estimate for every day not exceeding ten days, while his failure to do
so shall continue and in the case of any such failure the Engineer - in
-charge may rectify or remove, and re-execute the work or remove
and replace with others, the materials or articles complained of as the
case may be at the risk and expense in all respects of the contractor.
Clause - 13: All work under or in course of execution or executed in

pursuance of the contract shall at all times be opened to the
inspection and supervision of the Engineer - in-charge and his
subordinates and the contractor shall at all times during the usual
working hours, and at all other times at which reasonable notice of
Work to be open for the intention of the Engineer -in-charge or his subordinate to visit the
inspection. works shall have been given to the contractor either himself be
present to receive orders and instruction, or have a responsible agent
duly accredited in writing, present for that purposes. Orders given to
the contractor’s agent shall be considered to have the same force as if
Contractor or they had been given to the contractor himself.
responsible Agents to
be present.

- 48 -
Notice to be given Clause -14: The contractor shall give not less than five days notice in
before work is writing to Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate -in charge of the
covered up.
work before covering up or otherwise placing beyond the reach of
measurement of any work in order that the same may be measured
and correct dimensions thereof be taken before the same is so
covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement and shall not
cover up or place beyond the reach of measurement, any work
without the consent in writing of the Engineer in charge or his
subordinate - in charge of the work and if any work shall be covered
up or placed beyond the reach of measurement without such notice
having been given or consent obtained,, the same shall be uncovered
at the contractor’s expense, or in default thereof no payment or
allowance shall be made for such work of the materials with which
same was executed.
Clause -15: If the contractor or his work people, or servants shall

break, deface injure or destroy any part of a building in which they
Contractor is liable for may be working or any building, road, fence, enclosure, or grass land
damages dine and for
imperfection for 3
or cultivated ground continuous to the premises on which the work of
months after any part of it is being executed or if any damages shall happen to the
certificate. work while in progress, from any cause whatever or any imperfection
became apparent in it within three months from the date of final
certificate of its completion shall have been given by the Engineer-in-
Charge, as aforesaid the contractor shall make the same to be made
good by other workmen and deduct the expenses (of which the
certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final) from any sums
that may be then, or at any time thereafter may become due to the
contractor, or from his security deposit or the proceeds of sale
thereof, or of a sufficient portion there of and the contractor shall be
liable to pay any part of the expenses not so recovered by the
Engineer-in-charge.
Clause -16 : The contractor shall supply at his own cost all materials
(except such special materials, if any as may in accordance with the
contract be supplied from the Engineer -in -charges stores), Plant,
Contractor to supply
tools, appliances, Implements, ladders, cordage, tackle scaffolding
plant, ladders, and temporary works requisite or proper for ) the proper execution of
scaffolding etc. the work whether original, altered or substituted, and whether
included in the specification or other documents forming part of the
contract or referred to in these conditions or not to which may be
necessary for the purpose of satisfying or complying with the
requirement of the Engineer-in Charge as to any matter as to which
under this conditions be is entitled to be satisfied which he is entitled
to require together with carriage therefore to and from the work. The
contractor shall also supply without charge the requisite number of
persons with the means and materials necessary for the purpose of
setting out works, and counting, weighing and assisting in the
measurement of examination at any time and from time to time of the
work or the materials. Failing him so doing the same may be
provided by the Engineer-in-Charge at the expense of the contractor
under the contract or from his security deposit or the proceeds of sale

- 49 -
thereof, or of a sufficient portion thereof. The contractor shall also

provide all necessary fencing and lights required to protect the public
from accident, and shall be bound to bear the expenses of defense of
And is liable for
every suit, action or other proceedings at law that may be brought
any person for injury sustained owing to neglect of the above
damages arising from
precautions, and to pay damages and cost which may be awarded in
provision of lights
any such suit, action or proceedings to any such person or which may
fencing etc.
with the consent or the contractor be paid to compromise any claim
by any such person.
Clause-17: No female labourer shall be employed within the limits of

a cantonment.
The contractor shall not employ for the purpose of this contract any
person who is below the age of twelve years, and shall pay to each
labourer for the work done by such labourer, wages not less than the
wages paid for similar work in the neighborhood.
The Superintending Engineer shall have the right to enquire into and
decide any complaint alleging that the wages paid by the contractor
to any labourer for the work done, by such labourer is less than the
wages paid for similar work in the neighborhood.
Explanation - Fair wages means wages whether for time of

piecework prescribed by the State DOWR provided that where higher
rates have been prescribed under the minimum wages Act. 1948
wages at such higher rates would constitute Fair Wages. The
Superintending Engineer shall have the right to enquire into and
decide any complaint alleging that the wages paid by the contractor
to any labour for the work done by such labour is less than the wages
paid for similar work in the neighbourhood.
The officer-in-charge of the work shall have the right to decide
whether any labourer employed by the contractor is below the age of
twelve years and to refuse to allow any labourer whom he decides to
be below the age of twelve years to be employed by the contractor.
Clause-17(a) – The contractor shall if so required by the Engineer-in-
Charge employ one or more Engineering Graduates or Diploma
holders as apprentices at his own cost of the work as shown in the
tender exceed Rs.2,50 Cr. The Chief Engineer will select the
apprentices. The period of employment will commence within one
month after the date of work order and would last until the date when
90% of the work is completed. The stipend to be paid to the
apprentices should not be less than Rs. 200/- per month in the case of
graduate Engineers and less than Rs.150/- per month in case of
Diploma holders. The number of apprentice to be employed shall be
fixed by the Chief Engineer in a manner so that the expenditure does
not exceed 1 % of the tendered cost of the work.
Clause-18: The contractor shall not be assigned or sublet without the
written approval of the Superintending Engineer. And if the
contractor shall assign or sublet his contract or attempt to do so or
become insolvent or commence any insolvency, proceedings or make

- 50 -
any composition with his creditor or attempt to do so or if any bride,

gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite reward, or advance, pecuniary or
Work not to be sublet.
otherwise, shall either directly or indirectly be given, promised, or
offered by the contractor, or any of his servants or agents to any
public officer or persons in the employ of Government in any way
relating to his office employment, or if any such officer or person
shall become in any way directly or indirectly interested in the
contract, the Superintending Engineer may there upon by notice in
writing rescind the contract and the security deposit of the contractor
shall there upon stand forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of
Government and the same consequences shall ensure if he contract
had been rescinded under the clause 2 thereof, and in addition the
contractor, shall not be entitled to recover or be paid for any work
thereto for actually performed under the contract.
Contract may be
rescinded and security Clause-19: All sums payable by way of compensation under any of
deposit forfeited for these conditions shall be considered as reasonable compensation to
subletting, bribing or if
contractor becomes
be applied to the use of Government without reference to the actual
insolvent. loss or damage sustained and whether or not any damage shall have
been sustained.
Sum payable by way Clause-20: In the case of a tender by partners, any change in the
of compensation to be
considered as
constitution of the firm shall be forth with notified by the contractor
reasonable to the Engineer-in-charge for his information.
compensation without In case of failure to notify the change in the constitution within
reference to actual fifteen days the Engineer-in-charge may by notice in writing rescind
loss. the contracts and the security deposit of the contractor shall
thereupon stand forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of
Changes in Government and the same consequences shall ensure as if the
constitution of firm. contract had been rescinded under clause-2 hereof, and in addition
the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid for any works
therefore actually performed under the contract.
Clause-21: All works to be executed under the contract shall be

executed under the direction and subject to the approval in all
respects of the Superintending Engineer of the Circle for the time
being who shall be entitled to direct at what point or points and in
what manner they are to be commenced and from time to time carried
on.
Clause-22: Deleted.
Clause-23: When the estimate on which a tender is made includes
lump sums in respect of parts of the work the contractor shall be
entitled to payment In respect of the Items of work involved or the
part of the work in question at the same rates as are payable under
this contract for such items, or if the part of the work in question is
not, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge capable of
Lump sums in measurement, the Engineer-in-charge may by his discretion pay the
estimates.
lump sum amounts entered in the estimate, and the certificate in
writing of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and conclusive
against the contractor with regard to any sum or sums payable to him

- 51 -
under the provisions of this clause.
Clause-24: In the case of any class of work for which there is no

such specification as is mentioned in the rule I, such work shall be
carried out in accordance with Circle specification and in the event of
there being no circle specification, then in such case the work shall be
carried out in all respect in accordance with the instructions and
requirements of the Engineer-in-charge.
Action where no
specification. Clause-25 : The expression “work” or “work” where used in these
conditions shall, unless there be something either in the subject or
context repugnant to such construction, be construed, and taken to
mean the works by or by virtue of the contract contracted to be
executed, whether temporary or permanent, and whether original,
altered, substituted or additional.
Definition of works.
Clause-26: Government shall be entitled to recover in full from the
contractor any amount that the Government may be liable to pay
under Workman’s compensation Act-VII of 1923 to any workmen
employed in course of execution of any part of the work covered by
these contract.
Clause-27 : That the purpose of jurisdiction in the event dispute if

any, the contract should be deemed to have been entered into within
the state of Odisha and it is agreed that neither party to the contract or
of agreement will be competent to bring a suit in regard to the matters
covered by this contract at any place outside the state of Odisha.
Clause-28: The department will have the right to inspect the

scaffolding and centering made for the work and can reject partly or
fully such structure if found defective in their opinion.
Clause-29 : Sanitary arrangements will be made by the contractor at

this own cost for his labour camp.
Clause-30 : The contractor shall bear all taxes including sales tax,
Income tax, royalty, fair-weather charges and tollage, where
necessary.
Clause-31(a) i: If during the progress of the work the price of any

materials incorporated in the work (not being materials supplied from
the Engineer-in-Charge’s store in accordance of the clause thereof)
increases or decreases as a result of increase or decrease in the
Average Wholesale Price Index (all commodities)and the contractor
thereupon necessarily and properly pays in respect of that materials
(incorporated in the work) such increased or decreased price, then he
shall entitled to reimbursement or liable to refund quarterly the case
may be, such as an amount as shall be equivalent to the plus or minus
difference of 75% in between the Average Wholesale Price Index (all
commodities) which is operating for the quarter under consideration
and that operated for the quarter in which the tender was opened as

- 52 -
per the formula indicated below :

Formula to calculate the increase or decrease in the price of
materials :
0.75 × Pm (i − iO )
VM = × R×
100 iO
VM = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the

quarter under consideration due to changes in prices of
base materials.
R= the value of work done in rupees during the quarter

under consideration
io = Average Wholesale Price Index (all commodities)

prevailed during the quarter in which the tender was
opened.
i= Average Wholesale Price Index (all commodities)

prevailed for the quarter under consideration.
Pm = Percentage of material component as per sub-clause of

this clause.
(ii) Where original contract period is one year and above,

increase/decrease of cost of steel, cement and bitumen are to
be paid/ recovered. Payments in case of increase are to be
made with prior approval of Govt. when the total claim is
more than Rs.50, 000/- and with prior approval of Engineer-
in-Chief/ Chief Engineer (as the case may be) when the claim
is up to Rs.50, 000/-. The concerned Superintending Engineer
shall make recovery in the case of decrease from the
contractor immediately. The cost shall be determined as
follows.
Steel: Rate as fixed by Steel Authority of India Ltd.,(SAIL)
Cement: Average factory price of three manufacturers of cement
inside the state
Bitumen: Rate as fixed by Indian Oil Corporation (IOC)
(iii) Where original contract period is more than six months and below
one year, increase/ decrease of cost of steel, cement and bitumen
are to be paid/ recovered. Payments in case of increase are to be
made with prior approval of Govt. when the total claim is more
than Rs.50,000/- and with prior approval of Engineer-in-Chief/
Chief Engineer (as the case may be) when the claim is up to
Rs.50,000/- subject to the fulfillment of the condition mentioned
below.
(i) The cost shall be determined as follows.

Steel: Rate as fixed by Steel Authority of India Ltd., (SAIL)
Cement: Average factory price of three manufacturers of cement
inside the state

- 53 -
Bitumen: Rate as fixed by Indian Oil Corporation (IOC)
(ii) Cost of the Project should be more than Rs.50.00 lakhs.

However, the differential cost of such materials may be
paid to the contractor after deducting the hike percentage
amount in the tender for those materials from the calculated
amount of differential cost.
(iii) Contractors have to submit the vouchers showing

procurement from an authorized dealer for the said work
within 28 days before utilization of steel, cement and
bitumen.
(iv) Differential cost will be allowed only for the original
agreement period, but not for the extended period even
though it might have been validly extended.
(v) Differential cost will be allowed only after successful

completion of the work as per approved work programme.
(vi) Stipulations contained in the existing clause 31(a),(ii)

recovery in case of decrease shall be made by the
concerned Superintending Engineer from the contractor
immediately.
Clause-31(b)
Similarly, if during the progress of work, the wages of labour
increase or decrease as a result of increase or decrease in the
Minimum Wages for Industrial Workers prescribed in the
Government and the contractor thereupon necessarily and properly
pays in respect of labour engaged on execution of the work with such
increased or decreased wages, then he shall be entitled to
reimbursement or liable to refund quarterly as the case may be such
an amount as shall be equivalent to the plus or minus difference in
between the Minimum Wages for Industrial Workers which is
operating for the quarter under consideration and that operated for the
quarter in which the tender was opened as per the formula indicated
below :
Formula to calculate the increase or decrease in the cost of

labour :
0.75 × Pl (i − iO )
VL = × R×
100 iO
VL = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the
quarter under consideration due to changes in the rates of
labour.
R= the total value of work done in rupees during the quarter
under consideration.
io = Average Minimum Wages for labour in the state as

prevailed during the quarter in which the tender was

- 54 -
opened.
i= Average Minimum Wages for labour in the state

prevailed during the quarter under consideration.
Pl = Percentage of labour component as per sub-clause of this

clause.
Clause-31(c) : Similarly, if during the progress of work, the prices of

Petrol, Oil and lubricants (Diesel oil being the representative item for
price adjustment) increases or decreases as a result of the price fixed
therefore by the Government of India & the contractor thereupon
necessarily and properly pays such increased or decreased price
towards Petrol, Oil and Lubricants used on execution of the work
then he shall be entitled to reimbursement or liable to refund,
quarterly as the case may be such an amount as shall be equivalent to
the plus or minus difference in between the price of P.O.L which is
operating for the quarter under consideration and that operated for the
quarter in which the tender was opened as per the formula indicated
below :
Formula to calculate the increase or decrease in the price of

P.O.L :
0.75 × K 2 ( D − D1 )
K1 = × R× 2
100 D1
K1 = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the quarter under

consideration due to changes in the price of P.O.L.
R = the value of work done in Rupees during the quarter under

consideration.
D1 = Average price per litre of diesel oil which is fixed by the

Government of India for the nearest consumer P.O.L pump during
the quarter in which the tender was opened.
D2 = Average price per litre of diesel oil which is fixed Government of

India for the nearest consumer P.O.L pump during the quarter
under consideration.
K2 = Percentage of P.O.L. component as per the sub-clause.
Clause 31 - (d) : The following shall be the percentage of material,

labour and P.O.L. component for reimbursement/refund on variation in
price of material, labour and P.O.L. as per sub-clause (a), (b) and (c) of
this clause.
Category of work Contractors Supply Departmental

%of % of labour % of Supply of

- 55 -
materials POL materials

Irrigation Work 20 30 5 45
(a) Structural Works
(b) Earth Works 20

(c) Canal Works 60 5 15
Embankment Works Etc.
Clause-31(e)
The reimbursement / refund on variation in price of materials, labour and P.O.L (vide
Works Department letter No. 21369, dated 25.09.1991) as per sub-clauses (a) (b) and (c) of this
clause shall be applicable in the following manner.
“In terms of the aforesaid escalation clause where the period for
completion of the work as stipulated in the agreement is less than one year,
no escalation is admissible at all. In case of work where the stipulated period
of completion is one year and more, the escalation on account of price
variation is admissible only for the remaining period after excluding the one
year period thereof, provided the work has been carried out by the contractor
in terms of the relevant provision of the agreement. In the situations, where the
period of completion initially stipulated in the agreement was less than one
year and subsequently the completion period has been validity extended on
the ground that the delay in completion of the work is not attributable to the
contractor and in the result the total period including the extended period
stands at one year or more, escalation is admissible only for the remaining
period after excluding the first one year period there from.”
Clause 31 - (f) The contractor shall for the purpose of sub-clause (a) (b) and (c) of this clause keep
such books of account and other documents as necessary to show the amount of increase claimed or
reduction available and shall allow inspection of the same by a duly authorized representative of
Government and further shall at the request of the Engineer-in-charge furnish verified in such
manner as the Engineer-in-charge may required any document kept and such other information as the
Engineer-in-charge may require.
Clause 31 - (g) The contractor shall within a reasonable time of his becoming aware of any
alteration in the price of such materials/wages of labour and or price of POL give notice there of to
the Engineer-in-charge stating that the same is given in pursuant to this condition together with an
information relating there to which he may be in a position to supply.
Clause-32 : After the work is finished all surplus materials and debris are to be removed by the
contractor and preliminary works such as vats, mixing platforms, etc. are to be dismantled and all
materials removed from the site. The ground up to 100’-0” wide from the building should be cleared
and dressed.
FAIR WAGE CLAUSE
Clause-33
(a) The contractor shall pay the wages not less than fair wages to labourers engaged by
him on the work.
Explanation : “ Fair Wage” means wages, whether for time or piece work prescribed by
the state Public Works Department, provided that where higher rates have been
prescribed under the Minimum Wages Act.1948, wages at such higher rates would

- 56 -
constitute “Fair Wages”.(WD No.22059 dt:16.8.77)
(b) The contractor shall, not withstanding the provisions of any contract to contrary,
cause to be paid a fair wage to labourer indirectly engaged on the work including
any labour engaged by his subcontractors in connection with the said work, as if the
labourers had been immediately employed by him.
(c) In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the works for the
performance of the contractors part of this agreement, the contractor shall comply
with or cause to be complied with all regulations made by the Government in regard
to payment of wages, wage period deductions from wages, recovery of wages not
paid and unauthorised deductions made, maintenance of wage register, wage cards,
publication of scale of wages and other terms of employment, inspection and
submission of periodical returns and all other matters of a like nature.
(d) The Superintending Engineer or Sub-Divisional Officer concerned shall have the
right to deduct, from the money due to the contractor, any sum required or
estimated to be required for making good the loss suffered by a worker or workers
by reason of non-fulfilment of wages or of deductions made from their wages,
which are not justified by their terms of the contract or non-observance of the
regulations. Money so deducted should be transferred to the workers concerned.
(e) Vis-à-vis the Government of Odisha, the contractor shall be primarily liable for all
payments to be made under and for the observance of the regulations aforesaid
without prejudice to his right to claim indemnity from his sub-contractors.
(f) The regulations aforesaid shall be deemed to be part of this contract and any breach
thereof shall be breach of this contract.
(g) Under the provision of the Minimum Wages Act 1948 and the minimum wages
(Central Rules, 1950) the contractor is bound to allow or cause to be allowed to the
labourers directly or indirectly employed in the work one day rest for six days
continuous work and pay wages at the same rate as for duty. In the event of default,
the Superintending Engineer of Sub-Divisional Officer concerned shall have the
right to deduct the sum not paid on account of wages for weekly holiday to any
labourers and pay the same to the persons entitled thereto from any money due from
the contractor.
(h) The contractor shall at his own expense provide or arrange for the provision of
footwear for any labour doing cement mixing work and black topping work of
roads (the contractor has under taken to execute under this contract) to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, and on his failure to do so, the Government
shall be entitled to provide the same and recover the cost from the contractor.
(i) The contractor shall submit by the 4th and 19th of every month, to the Engineer-in-
Charge a true statement showing in respect of the second half of the preceding
month and the first half of the current month respectively:
i.) The number of labourer employed by him on the work.
ii.) Their working hours.
iii.) The wages paid to them
iv.) The accident if any occurred during the said fortnight showing the
circumstances under which they happened and the content of damage and
injury caused by them and;
v.) The number of female workers who have been maternity benefit
according to clause (K) and the amount paid to them, failing which the
contractor shall be liable to pay the Government a sum not exceeding

- 57 -
Rs.50/- for each default of materially incorrect statement. The decision of

the Superintending Engineer shall be final in deducting from any bill due
to the contractor, amount levied as fine.
(j) In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the works for the
performance of the contractors part of this agreement, the contractor shall comply
with or cause to be complied with all regulations made by the Government from
time to time for the protection of health and sanitary arrangement for the workers
employed by the Odisha Public Works Department and this will apply to work
place having 50 or more workers.
(k) Maternity benefit rules for female workers employed by the contractor, leave and
pay during leave shall be regulated as follows:
a)Leave: In respect of Delivery: Maternity leave not exceeding 8 weeks ( 4 weeks
up to and including the day of delivery of 4th weeks following that day,.
in case of miscarriage: Up to 3 weeks from the date of miscarriage.
ii.) Pay: In case of Delivery: Leave pay during maternity leave will be at the rate
of the woman’s average daily earnings calculated on the total wages earned on the
days when full time work was done during the period of three months immediately
proceeding the date of which she gives notice that she expects to be confined or at
the rate of Rs.52.50 a day whichever is greater.
In case of miscarriage: Leave pay at the rate of average daily earning

calculated on the total wages earned on the days when full time work was done
during a period of three months immediately preceding the date of miscarriage.
Condition of the grant of maternity leave: No maternity leave benefit shall be

admissible to a woman unless she has been employed for a total not less than 6
months immediately proceeding the date on which she proceeding on leave.
MODEL RULES
FOR HEALTH & SANITARY ARRANGEMENTS FOR WORKERS EMPLOYED
BY ODISHA P.W.D.CONTRACTORS
1. APPLICATION: These rules shall apply to all construction work in-charge of Odisha Public
Works Department, which is expected to continue for a year or more.
2. DEFINITIONS:
i. “Work Place” means a place at which an average of fifty or more workers is employed
in connection with construction work.
ii. “Large Work Place” means a place at which an average of 500 or more workers is
employed in connection with a work.
3. FIRST AID:
i. At every work place, there shall be maintained in a readily accessible place for first-
aid appliances including an adequate supply of sterilizer dressings and sterilized

- 58 -
cotton wool. The appliances shall be kept in good order and in large work places,
which shall be readily available during working hours.
ii. At Large Work Places, where hospital facilities are not available within easy distance
of works, first aid posts shall be established and run by a trained Compounder.
iii. Where Large Work Places are remote from regular hospitals an indoor ward shall be
provided with one bed for every 250 employees.
iv. Where Large Work Places are situated in cities, towns or in their suburbs and no beds
are considered necessary owing to the proximity of the city, town hospitals, an
ambulance shall be provided to facilitate removal of urgent cases to these hospitals. At
the work place, some conveyance facilities, such as a car, shall be kept readily
available to take injured person or persons suddenly taken ill to the nearest hospital.
4. DRINKING EATER:
i. In every work places there shall be provide and maintained at suitable places, easily
accessible to labour, a sufficient supply of water fit for drinking.
ii. Where drinking water is obtained from an intermittent public water supply, each work
place shall be provided with storage where such drinking water shall be stored.
iii. Every water supply of storage shall be at distance of not less than 50 feet from any
latrine, drain or other sources of pollution. Where water has to be drawn from an
existing well, which is within such proximity of latrine, drain or any other source of
pollution, the well shall be properly chlorinated before water is drawn from it for
drinking. All such wells shall be entirely closed in and be provided with a trap door,
which shall be dust and waterproof.
iv. A reliable pump shall be fitted to each covered well and trap door shall be kept locked
and opened only for cleaning or inspection which shall be done at least once a month.
v. The temperature of the drinking water supplied to worker shall not exceed 90° F.
5. WASHING AND BATHING PLACE:

i. Adequate washing and bathing places shall be provided separately for men and
women.
ii. Such places shall be kept clean and well drained condition.
6. SCALE OF ACCOMODATION IN LATRINES NAD URINALS:

There shall be provided within the premises of every work place, latrines and urinals in an
accessible places and accommodation, separately for each of them for men and women
not less than the following:
i. Where the number of person employed does not exceed 50 No.of seats 2.
ii. Where the number of person employed does exceed 50 but No.of seats 3.
not exceed 50
iii. For every additional 100 employees ( in particular cases, No.of seats 3 per 100
the Superintending Engineer shall have the power to vary
the scale where necessary)
7. LATRINE AND URINAL FOR WOMEN:

If women are employed, separate latrines and urinals separate from that for men shall
also be exhibited at the entrance of latrines for each sex. There shall be adequate supply of
water close to the urinals and latrines.
8. CLEANLINESS OF LATRINES AND URINALS:

- 59 -
Except in work places provide with water flushed latrines connected with a water
borne sewerage system, all latrines shall be provided with receptacles on dry-earthen
system, which shall be cleaned at least four times daily and at least twice during working
hours and kept in a strictly sanitary condition. The receptacle shall be tarred inside and
outside at least once in a year.
9. CONSTRUCTION OF LATRINES:
The inside wall shall be constructed of masonry or stone materials and shall be cement
washed inside and outside at least once a year. The dates of cement washing shall be
noted in register maintained for this purpose and kept this available for inspection.
10. DISPOSAL OF EXCRETA:

Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary authorities, arrangements for
proper disposal of excreta, by incineration at the work place shall be made by means of a
suitable incinerator approved by the Asst. Director of public Health of Municipal, Medical
Officer of Health as the case may be in whose jurisdiction the work place is situated.
Alternatively, excreta may be disposed off by putting a layer of light soil at the bottom of
pucca tank prepared for the purpose and covering it with a layer of waste or refuse and
then covering it up with a layer of earth for a fortnight (when it will turn into manure).
11. PROVISIONS OF SHELTERS DURING REST:

At every work place, there shall be provided free of cost, two suitable sheds one for
meals and other for rest or use of the labourers. The height of the shelter shall not be less
than 11 feet from the floor level to the lowest part of the roof.
12. CRECHE:
a. At every work place at which more than 50 women workers are employed, there shall be
provide only hut for the use of children under the age of 6 years, belonging to such
women and shall be used for infant’s games and play and their bed room. The huts shall
not be constructed on the lower standard than the following:
i. Thatched roofs.
ii. Mud floors and walls.
iii. Plants spread over the mud floor and covered with mat.
iv. The hut shall be provided with suitable and sufficient opening for light and
ventilation. There shall be adequate provision for sweepers to keep the place clean.
There shall be two Dhais in attendance. Sanitary utensils shall be provided to the
satisfaction of the Health Officer of the area concerned. The use of the hut shall be
restricted to children, their attendants and mothers of the children.
b. Where the number of women is more than 50, the contractor shall provide one hut and
one Dhai to look after the children of women workers.
c. The size of the crèche shall vary according to the number of women workers.
d. The crèche shall be properly maintained and necessary equipments like toys etc. shall be
provided.
13. CANTEEN:
A cooked food canteen on a moderate scale shall be provided for the benefit of
workers whenever it is considered expedient.
***

- 60 -
ODISHA P.W.D CONTRACTOR’S LABOUR REGULATIONS
1) Short title: These regulations may be called “Odisha Public Works

Department Contractor’s Regulations”.
2) Definitions: In these regulations, unless otherwise expressed or indicated the

following words and expressions shall have the meaning hereby assigned to
them respectively, that is to say:
i. “Labour” means a worker employed by the contractor of Odisha Public
Works Department, directly or indirectly through sub-contractor or other
person, or by an agent on his behalf.
ii. “Fair Wages” means wages whether for the time or piece work prescribed
by the State Public works Department, provided that where higher rates
have been prescribed under the Minimum Wages Act.1948, wages at such
rates would constitute fair wages.( WD No.22059 dt: 16.8.77).
iii. “Contractor” shall have the same meaning as defined the Payment of
Wages Act and include time and piece rate wages, if any.
3) Display of notices regarding wages etc: The contractor shall :

i. Before he commences his work on contract, display and correctly
maintain and continue to display and correctly maintain, in a clean and
legible condition, in conspicuous places on the work, notices on English
and in the local Indian Language spoken by the majority of the workers,
giving the rate of wage prescribed by the State P.W.D/ Electricity
Department for the district which the work is done.
ii. Send a copy of the notices to the Engineer-in-charge of the work.
4) Payment of wages:
i. Wages due to every worker shall be paid to him direct.
ii. All wages shall have to be paid in cash where no food grain is supplied
by the department or partly in cash and partly in grain, if food grain is
supplied by the Department to the contractor for issue to labour
engaged on the work.
5) Fixation of Wages period:
i. The contractor shall fix the wage period in respect of which the wages
be payable.
ii. No wage period shall exceed one month.
iii. Wages of every workmen employed on the contract shall be paid before
the expiry of ten days, after the last day of the wage period in respect of
which the wages are payable.

- 61 -
iv. When the employment of any worker is terminated by or on behalf of

the contractor, the wages earned by him shall be paid before the expiry
of the day succeeding the one on which his employment is terminated.
v. All payments of wages shall be made on a working day.
6) Wage book and Wages cards etc:

6.1 The contractor shall maintain a wage book of each worker in such forms as be
convenient, but the same shall include the following particulars-
a. Rate of daily or monthly wages.
b. Nature of work on which employed.
c. Total number of days worked during each wage period.
d. Total amount payable for the work during each wage period.
e. All deductions made from the wages with an indication in each case of the
ground for which the deduction is made.
f. Wage actually paid for each wage period.
6.2 The contractor shall also maintain a wage card for each worker employed on
the work.
6.3 The Superintending Engineer may grant an exemption, from the maintenance
of wage bond, wages cards to a contractor who, in his opinion may not directly
or indirectly employ more than 100 persons on the work.
7) Fines and deduction which may be made from wages:

7.1 The wages of a worker shall be paid to him without any deduction of any kind
except the following-
a. Fines.
b. Deductions for absence from duty, i.e., from the place or places where
the terms of his employment he is required to work. The amount of
deductions shall be in proportion to the period for which he was
absent.
c. Deduction for damage to or loss of good expressly entrusted to the
employed person for custody or for loss of money for which he is
required to account where such damage or loss is directly attributable
to his neglect or default.
d. Any other deductions which the Odisha Government may from time to
time allow.
7.2 No fines shall be imposed on a worker and no deduction for damage or loss
shall be made from his wages until the worker has been given an opportunity
of showing cause against such fines or deduction.
7.3 The total amount of fines which may be imposed in any one wage period on a
work shall not exceed an amount equal to 10% in a rupee of the wages payable
to him in respect of that wage period.
7.4 No fine imposed on any worker shall be recovered from him by instalments or
after the expiry of 60 days from the date on which it was imposed.
8) Register of Fines, etc:

8.1 The contractor shall maintain a register of fines and of all deductions for the
damage or loss. Such register shall mention the reason for which fine was
imposed or deduction for damage or loss was made.

- 62 -
8.2 The contractor shall maintain a list in English and in the local Indian
language, clearly defining the acts and omissions for which penalty of fine can
be imposed. It shall display such list and maintain it in a clean and legible
condition in conspicuous places on the work.
9) Preservation of Register:
The wage register, the wage cards and the register of fines, deductions
required to be maintained under these regulations shall be preserved for 12
months after the date of last entry made in them.
10) Powers of Labour Welfare Officer to make investigation or enquiry:
The labour Welfare Officers or any other persons authorised by the
Government of Odisha on their behalf shall have the power to make enquiries
with a view to ascertaining and enforcing due and proper observance of the fair
wage clauses and the provisions of these regulations. He shall at liberty to
investigate into any complain regarding default made by the contractor, sub-
contractor in regard to such provisions.
11) Report of Labour Welfare Officers:
The Labour Welfare Officers or others authorised as aforesaid shall submit a
report of the result of his investigation or enquiry to the Superintending
Engineer concerned, indicating the extent, if any, to which the default has
been committed with a note that necessary deductions from the contractor’s
bill be made and the wages and other dues be paid to the labourer concerned.
12) Appeal against the decision of Labour Welfare Officer:
Any person aggrieved by the decision and recommendation of the Labour
welfare Officer or other authorised person, may appeal against such decisions
to the Labour Commissioner within 30 days from the date of the decision
forwarding simultaneously a copy of his appeal to the Superintending Engineer
concerned but subject to such appeal, the decision of the Officer shall be final
and binding upon the contractor.
13) Inspection of Registers:
The contractor shall allow inspection of the wage book and wage cards of any
of his workers at a convenient time and place after due notice is received or to
the Labour Commissioner or any other person authorised by the Government
of Odisha on his behalf.
14) Submission of Return:
The contractor shall submit periodical returns as may be specified from time
to time.
15) Amendments:
The Government of Odisha may from time to time, add to or amend these
regulations and on any question as to the application, interpretation of effect
of these regulations, the decision of the Labour Commissioner or any other
person authorised by the Government of Odisha on that behalf shall be final
and binding on that effect.
Clause-34 Additional Performance Security
Additional Performance Security shall be deposited by the successful bidder

when the bid amount is seriously unbalanced i.e less than the estimated cost by
more than 10% but less than 15%.In such an event, the successful bidder will
deposit the additional performance security to the extent of the 1.5 times differential
cost of the bid amount and 90% of the estimated cost in shape of post office saving
bank account/ NSC/ KVP/ Post office TDR/ Deposit receipt of scheduled bank before
execution of the agreement.
The tender will be liable for rejection in absence of furnishing of the
performance security even in case of fixed deposit holders and Engineer
Contractors who were exempted from furnishing EMD while participating in tender

- 63 -
or In case of bid amount being 15% or less than the estimated cost.
(As perAmendment to Para-3.5.5(V) Note-II of OPWD Code, Vol-I)
Clause-35 The terms and conditions of the agreements have been read/ explained
to me and I Sri/Smt ………………………………………….. certify that I clearly
understand them and agreed to abide by these rules.
Date: Witness Contractor
***************************************************************************
ADDENDUM TO CONDITION OF CONTRACT
2. TIME CONTROL.
2.1 Progress of work and re-scheduling programme.
2.1.1. The Superintending Engineer/Engineer in charge shall issue the letter of

acceptance to the successful contractor. The issue of the letter of acceptance shall be
treated as closure of the Bid process and commencement of the contract.
2.1.2 Within 15 days of issue of the letter of acceptance, the contractor shall submit
to the Engineer-in-charge for approval and programme commensurate to clause no 2
showing the general methods, arrangements, and timing for all the activities in the
works along with monthly cash flow forecast.
2.1.3. To ensure good progress during the execution of the work the contractors
shall be bound in all cases in which the time allowed for any work exceeds one month
to complete, 1/4th of the whole of the work before 1/4th of the whole time allowed
under the contract has elapsed, ½ of the whole of the work before ½ of the whole
time allowed under the contract has elapsed, 3/4th of the whole of the work before
3/4th of the whole time allowed under the contract has elapsed.
2.1.4 If at any time it should appear to the Engineer-in-charge that the actual
progress of the works does not conform to the programme to which consent has been
given, the contractor shall produce, at the request of the Engineer-in-charge a revised
programme showing the modifications to such programme necessary to ensure
completion of the works within the time for completion. If the contractor does not
submit an updated programme within this period, the Engineer-in-charge may
withhold hold the amount of 1% of the contract value from the next payment
certificate and continue to withhold this amount until the next payment after the
date on which the over dues programme has been submitted.
2.1.5 An update of the programme shall be a programme showing the act all
progress achieved on each activity and the effect of the progress achieved on the
timing of the remaining work including any changes to the sequence of the activities.
2.1.6 The Engineer-in-charge’s approval of the programme shall not after the
contractor’s obligations. The contractor may revise the programme submit it to the
Engineer-in-charge again at any time. A revised programme is to show the effect of
variations and compensation events.
2.2. Extension of the Completion date.

- 64 -
2.2.1 The time allowed for execution of the work as specified in contract data shall
be the essence of the contract. The execution of the works shall commence from the
15th day or such time period as mentioned in letter of award after the date on which
the Engineer-in-charge issue written orders to commence the work or from the date
of handing over of the site whichever is later. If the contractor commits default in
commencing the execution of the work as aforesaid, Government shall without
prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, be at liberty to forfeit the
earnest money and performance guarantee/security deposit absolutely.
2.2.2 As soon as possible after the contract is concluded the contractor shall submit
a time and progress chart for each milestone and get it approved by the Department.
The chart shall be prepared in direct relation to the time stated in the contract
documents for completion of items of the works, it shall indicates the forecast of the
dates of commencement and completion of various trades of section of the work and
may be amended as necessary by agreement between the Engineer-in-charge and the
Contractor within the limitation of time imposed in the contract documents, and
further to ensure good progress during the execution of the work the contractor shall
in all cases in which the time allowed for any work, exceeds one month (save for
special jobs for which a separate programme has been agreed upon) complete the
work as per milestone given in contract data.
2.2.3 In case of delay occurred due to any of the reasons mentioned below, the
contractor shall immediately give notice therefore in writing to the Engineer-in-charge
but shall nevertheless use constantly his best endeavors to prevent or make good the
delay and shall do all that may be reasonably required to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge to proceed with the works for:
i. Abnormally bad weather or –
ii) Serous loss or damage by fire or
iii) Civil commotion, local commotion of workmen, strike or lockout, officers any of
the heads employed on the work or
iv) Delay on the part of other contractors or tradesmen engaged by Engineer-in-
charge, in executing work not forming part of the contract.
v) In case of variation is issued which makes it impossible for completion to be
achieved by the intended completion date without the contractor taking steps
to accelerate the remaining work and which would cause the contractor to
incurred additional cost or
vi) Any other cause, which, in the absolute discretion of the authority mentioned,
in contract date is beyond the contractor’s control.
2.2.4 Request for re-schedule and extension of time to be eligible for consideration
shall be made by the contractor in writing within fourteen days of the happening of
the event causing delay. The contractor may also, if practicable, indicate in such a
request the period for which extension is desired.
2.2.5 In any such case a fair and reasonable extension of time for completion of
work may be given. Such extension shall be communicated to the contractor by the
Engineer-in-charge in writing. Within 3 months of the date of receipt of such request,
Non application by the contractor for extension of time shall not be a bar for giving a
fair and reasonable extension by the Engineer-in-charge and this shall be binding on
the contractor.
2.3 Compensation for delay.

2.3.1 If the contractor fails to maintain the required progress in terms of clause-2 or
to complete the work and clear the site on or before the contract or extended date of

- 65 -
completion he shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy available under
the law to the Government on account of such breach pay as agreed compensation
the amount calculated at the rates stipulated below as the Superintending Engineer
(whose decision in writing shall be final and binding ) may decide on the amount of
tendered value of the work for every complied day/ month (as applicable) that the
progress remains below that specified in clause-2 or that the work remains
incomplete.
This will also apply to items or group of items for which a separate period of
completion has been specified.
Provided always that the total amount of compensation for delay to be paid
under this condition shall not exceed 10% of the tendered value of work or to the
tendered value of the item or group of item of work for which a separate period of
completion is originally given.
The amount of compensation may be adjusted or set off against any sum
payable to the contractor under this or any other contract with the Government. In
case the contractor does not achieve a particulars milestone mentioned in contract
date, or the rescheduled milestone(s) in terms of clause 2.5 the amount shown
against that milestone shall be withheld, to be adjusted against the compensation
levied at the final grant of extension of time. Withholding of this amount on failure to
achieve a milestone, shall be automatic without any notice to the contract. However,
if the contractor catches up with the progress of work on the subsequent milestone(s)
the withheld amount shall be released. In case the contractor fails to make up for the
delay in subsequent milestone(s) amount mentioned against such milestone missed
subsequently also shall be withheld. However no interest, whatsoever, shall be
payable on such withheld amount.
2.4 Bonus for early completion.
2.4.1 In case the contractor completes the work ahead of scheduled completion time,
a bonus 1% (one percent) of the tendered value per month computed on per day
basis, shall be payable to the contractor subject to a maximum limit of 2% (two
percent) of the tendered value. The amount of bonus, if payable, shall be paid along
with final bill after completion of work.
The Bonus/ Incentive should be paid in respect of individual project for new
construction/ substantial additional improvement works, the minimum value for
which the Bonus/ Incentive applicable is given below.
Type of work Minimum Value

1. Building work / P.H. Work Rs. 40.00 Lakhs
2. Road Work Rs. 300.00 Lakhs
3. Irrigation works Rs. 1,000.00 Lakhs
Incentive will be paid with approval of next higher authority of tender

accepting authority on completion of original work before original time schedule.
2.5 Management of Meetings.
2.5.1 Either the Engineer or the contractor may require the other to attend a
management meeting. The business of a management meeting shall be to review the
plans for remaining work and to deal with matters raised in accordance with the
early warning procedure.
2.5.2 The Engineer shall record the business of management meetings and is to
provide copies of his record to those attending the meeting and to the
employer. The responsibility of the parties for actions to be taken is to be

- 66 -
decided by the Engineer either at the management meeting or after the

management meeting and stated in writing to all who attended the meeting.
RELEVANT PROVISION IN THIS CONRACT STANDS MODIFIED ACCORDINGLY.
*****
CHAPTER – II
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

- 67 -
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1. DEFINITIONS
In the Contract (as hereinafter defined) the following words and expressions
will have the meanings here by assigned to them:
a) Approved/Approval - Means approved in writing.
b) Construction Plant - Means all equipments, appliances or things of
whatsoever nature required for the executing, or completion, maintenance of
the works or temporary works but do not include materials or other things
intended to form or forming part of the permanent work.
c) Contract - Means the instruction and information for tenderers General and
Special conditions of the contract, Technical specification, drawings, tender
(including the schedule of quantities and tender prices) the formal agreement
and all agenda and attachment related to the above.
d) Contractor - Means the particular person, firm or Corporation with whom the
contract has been made for executing the work.
e) Drawing - Means the drawings referred to in the specifications, any
modifications of such drawings approved in writing by the Engineer–in -charge
and such other drawings as may from time to time be furnished or approved in
writing by the Engineer-in-charge.
f) Engineer-in-charge - Means the Superintending Engineer, in-charge of the
work specified or parts of the works under the contract, or such other
departmental assistants or sub-ordinates to whom the Superintending
Engineer, in-charge may have delegated certain duties, acting separately
within the scope of particular duties entrusted to them.
g) Government - Means Government of Odisha, Department of Water Resources.
h) I.S.S/B.I.S - Means Indian Standard Specifications/ Bureau of Indian
Standard.
i) Temporary works - Means all temporary works of every kind required for the
performance of the contract.
j) Specification - Whenever the terms “ Specification “ is used, apart from a
specified standard specification, it shall mean the specification or plan
prepared for a particular site as instructed to the contractor in executing that
item of work.
2. EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT.

- 68 -
i) Tenderers including Govt. undertakings are required to deposit Earnest Money

@ 1% of the amount put to tender.
ii) In case the contractor proposes to engage machineries and equipments as
asked for in the tender document owned or hired but deployed outside the
State, he /she is required to furnish additional 1% EMD as bid security. The
entire bid security including the additional bid security shall stand forfeited in
case the contractor fails to mobilize the machineries with stipulated time as
per the tender document.
iii) The earnest money to be pledged in favour of the Superintending Engineer
M.I.Division, Jeypore and may be in the following shape.
a) Deposit Receipt of any Schedule Bank.
b) National Savings Certificate.
c) Kisan Vikash Patra
iv) No Cash/ Cheque payments are accepted.
v) Earnest money given with one tender previously and submitted with other
tender is not to be entertained.
3. TAX CERTIFICATES
The tenderers are also required to furnish Xerox/attested copy of the valid PAN
CARD, ITCC (if any), VAT/GSTIN along with tender documents failing which the
tender may not be considered. The original are to be shown at the time of opening.
The bidders registered out side the State are required to submit an undertaking in
the form of an affidavit that they are not registered under the GSTIN Act in the state
of Odisha as they have not started any business in the state and they have no
liability under the act. But Bidder has to produce GSTIN clearance certificate.
4. TIME OF COMPLETION
The work is to be completed within with in the period indicated in the detailed
tender call notice which includes the period of monsoon commencing from the date of
issue of order to proceed with the work.
5. PRE BID INSPECTION BY CONTRACTORS
The tenderers are required to go through each clause of PWD form No.F-2
carefully in addition to clause mentioned herein before tendering. In any case the
tenderer shall be deemed to have carefully examined the tender documents, visited
the site of work and it’s surroundings and satisfied himself as the form and nature of
the site, approach roads, haul roads, local conditions, assessed all the facilities
including requirement and availability of labour and materials needed from complete
execution of the work and made an inventory of such information as to the risks,
contingencies and other circumstances which would influence or effect his tender
before tendering. He should also satisfy himself about the sufficiency of availability of
materials in quarry and borrow area. The Department will not be responsible for any
misjudgment of the tender on the account for any future claims.

- 69 -
6. VALIDITY OF TENDER
6.1 On the outer cover the tenderers should write the name of the work and
authority who had issued the tender. They should submit the tender document in
correct identification box. The tender submitted in the wrong box shall not be taken
into consideration.
6.2 The tenderer must furnish copy of Registration & GSTIN clearance certificate
at the time of delivery of tender document other wise his/her bid shall be declared as
non-responsible & shall be liable for rejection.
6.3 The rates quoted shall remain valid for a period of 90 (ninety) days from the
last date prescribed for receipt of tenders.
6.4 The tender which is not in the prescribed proforma and is not strictly in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the tender call notice is liable for
rejection.
6.5 Alternate tenders, conditional tenders and tenders containing indefinite terms
will not be entertained. The tenders will be considered given special emphasis on the
capability of the tenderer and the implements and earth moving machinery at his
disposal for the work.
6.6 Loose letters found in the tender box intimating modification to the tenders
already submitted will not be considered.
6.7 Rate quoted should be for finished items of work and for sufficiency as per the
description of the schedule of quantity and specification and shall exclude GSTIN
but include all taxes including rent. Royalty, cess and general and incidental charges
pertinent to the work, other charges of materials, octroi duty, ferry tolls, conveyance
charges and other costs on account of land and building including temporary
building required by the tenderer for collection of materials storage, housing of staff
or other purpose for the work.
6.8 The units and rates in the tender should be written both in words and figures
and in case of any discrepancy noted, the units and rates written in words will
prevail. The rates should be quoted in Indian Currency.
i) The tenderer shall bear cost of various incidental sundries and contingencies
needed by the work of all within the following or similar category.
ii) Labour camps and hutments necessary to a suitable scale including
contingency and sanitary arrangements medical aids thereon to the
satisfaction of the health authorities.
iii) Water arrangements for laborer as well as for the works. No claim for
carriage for water whatsoever will be entertained.
iv) Fees and dues levied by the Municipal and water supply Authorities.
v) Suitable equipment and wearing apparatus for the labors engaged in risky
operation.
iv) Suitable fencing, barriers, signals, including parapet and electrical signal
where necessary at works and approaches in order to protect the public and
employees from accidents.

- 70 -
vii) No compensation for any damage done by rain or by similarly action during
execution of the works shall be paid.
viii) The tender shall be written legibly and free from erasures, overwriting or
correction of the figures. Corrections unavoidable should be made by scoring
out the same and initialing dating and rewriting. The tender should show the
total of each page and grand total of whole tender.
6.9 The tender is to be decided as per prevailing codal provisions taking into
consideration the capacity of the tenderer and equipments available with him for the
work. The authority reserves the right to reject any or all tenders without assigning
any reason thereto.
6.10 In order to qualify for consideration for award of the contract the tenderer
should satisfy the Bid criteria as stipulated in the technical Bid. To substantiate the
tenderer is required to submit authentic records duly certified by the Superintending
Engineer of the Department in support of such experience.
6.11 Rate to be quoted by the contractor for various items of work should be
consistent and rational. Tenders with in consistent rates and/ or speculative rates
shall be liable for rejection.
6.12 The payment for RA bill will be made in level section measurement and no
string section measurement will be considered.
6.13 All the tenderer are required to submit along with their tenders declaration
about the names of their relatives employed in Water Resources Department in the
prescribed proforma appended. In case they have no relation in Water Resources
Department a certificate to that effect shall have to be furnished.
6.14 An affidavit shall be furnished by the contractor at the time of submission of

tender paper about the authentication of tender documents including E.M.D.
6.15 The conditions in this detailed tender call notice will form part of the
agreement to be drawn by the contractor.
7. AWARD OF CONTRACT
7.1 The tenderer whose tender is selected for acceptance shall within a period of
fifteen days upon written intimation being given to him by Registered post deposit,
initial security deposit so that the EMD and initial security deposit will be 2% (two
percentage) +additional security 1% in case of machineries to be hired from outside,
of the accepted tender amount and sign the agreement in the PWD form F-2
(Schedule SLV. No.61) for fulfillment of the contract in the office of the Engineer-in -
charge. This initial security deposit together with the EMD and the amount of 5%
deduction from each running bill as per F-2 agreement shall be retained as security
deposit for the fulfillment of this contract. This security deposit will carry no interest.
Failure to enter into the required agreement and to pay the security deposit as above
within the specified period shall entail forfeiture of the earnest money. No tender
shall be finally accepted until the required amount of security money is deposited.

- 71 -
The written agreement to be entered into between the Contractor and the Govt. shall
be the foundation of the rights of both the parties and the contract shall be deemed
to be incomplete until the agreement is first signed by the Contractor and then by the
Superintending Engineer, the department will accept the initial security deposit in
the accepted from prescribed in clauses as above pledged in favor of the Engineer-in -
Charge and in no other form. The Security deposit deducted from each running bill
will be 5%.If the contractor express his request in writing he will be permitted to
convert the security deposit of 5% into interest bearing securities ( for an amount not
less than Rs. 10.00 lakh in each case which will be pledged in favour of the
Superintending Engineer)
Successful bidder registered under other state government/ MES/ Railways/

CPWD has to register under the State PWD before signing of the agreement.
7.2 The work may be splitted up and distributed among several contractors if
considered necessary in urgency of circumstances of the work and the contractor will
not be entitled to any compensation on this account.
7.3 In case of delay in acquisition of land no compensation will be admissible but

extension of time will be granted.
7.4 The earnest money deposited by the unsuccessful tenderers will be refunded
as per relevant rules in force.
7.5 Super/ Special Class contractors shall employ under him one Graduate
Engineer and two Diploma holders belonging to the State of Odisha. Likewise an ‘A’
Class contractor shall employ under him one Graduate Engineer or two Diploma
holders belonging to state of Odisha. The employment of such graduate Engineer and
Diploma holders under the Contractor shall be full time and continuous and they
shall not be superannuated, retired, dismissed or removed personnel from any State
Government/Central Government Service / Public Sector Undertakings /Private
companies and firm or be ineligible for appointment to Govt. service. The contractor
shall pay them monthly emoluments, which shall not be less than the emoluments of
the personnel of equivalent qualification employed under the State Govt. of Odisha.
The Chief Engineer Roads, Odisha may however assist the contractor with names of
such unemployed Graduate Engineers and Diploma holders if the contractor seeks
for such help.
The name of such Engineering personnel appointed by the contractor who would be
supervising the works should be intimated to the tender receiving authority along
with each tender. Each bill of the contractor shall be accompanied by an
employment roll of engineering personnel together with certificate of the Graduate
Engineer or Diploma holder employed by the contractor to the effect that the work
executed as per the bill has been supervised by him.

- 72 -
7.6 No part of the contract shall be sublet without written permission of the
Engineer-in-charge or any transfer be made by power of attorney authorizing others
to receive payment on behalf of the contractor.
7.7 No tenderer is permitted to furnish their tender in his own manuscript paper.
8. OBSERVATION OF LAWS AND LOCAL REGULATIONS,

ACCIDENTS AND SAFETY MEASURES:
The Contractor shall observe all State and Local rules and regulations so
far as they are relevant in controlling the operations involved carrying out the
work and indemnify the Govt and employees of the Govt. against all suite losses,
demands, actions, judgments and cost of every kind resulting from the
commissions and omissions of the contractor and his employees in violation of
the said rules and regulations.
8.1 Department for payment of the compensation under workmen’s compensation

act VI of 1923 on account of the workmen being employed by him and the full
amount of compensation of awarded by any competent court of law to the workmen
will be recovered from the contractor and will be paid to the workmen as per direction
of the court.
8.2 The contractor shall have to abide by the Labour Laws and Rules in vogue and
shall provide at his own cost housing, watering supply, sanitation, medical aid and
other facilities to the labours engaged in the work as required under Labour Laws
and Regulations. The Contractor shall not employ labour of minor age group.
8.3 The contractor shall have to abide by the safety code introduced by the Govt.
of India, Ministry of works. Housing and supply in their standing order No.44 to 50
dated 25.11.57.
8.4 Blasting where required shall be taken up only when proper precaution have
been taken for the protection of lives and property in accordance with I.S. 4081 –
1967 safety code for blasting and related drilling operations. Only persons licensed
for and thoroughly conversant with the working methods and precaution to be
observed in using explosives shall carry out blasting. To avoid the danger of injury
from flaying debris, all personnel in a blasting area shall retreat to an adequate cover.
While carrying out excavations, adequate precautions in accordance with I.S. 3764 –
1966. Safety code for excavation works shall be taken for the safety of workers. The
contractor shall have to abide by the blasting rules & regulations.
8.5 In case of any damage to Govt. or public property or to the property owned to
any persons of firms or bodies due to negligence or any such action of the contractor

- 73 -
resulting in damage or stoppage or work thereby, the contractor shall be liable to be

penalized to the extent of the assessed value of the damage or the out turn lost.
9. CHANGE OF ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR:
The Contractor shall inform the Engineer and the Department any change of
his postal address from time to time from the one given in the tender paper and
authorize any person with due intimation to the Engineer-in-charge and the
Department to receive instruction or communication from the Department on his
behalf, failing which the said undelivered instructions and communications
published in the notice board of the Engineer-in-charge shall be treated to be
intimation to the Contractor and the same shall be binding on him.
All the correspondence should be made in English.

10. ARCHAEOLOGICAL FINDINGS
The contractor shall deliver to the Engineer-in-charge all articles of

archaeological importance as and when those are found in course of execution.
11. CONTEMPORARY CONTRACTORS
The contractor shall take into consideration the needs and requirements of the
other contractors if any, working in the vicinity during the tenure of his contact and
shall neither take nor cause to be taken any steps or actions that may cause
disruption disturbance to their work, labour or arrangements etc. Any action by the
contractor that the Engineer-in-charge in his unquestioned direction may consider as
infringement of the above would be considered as a breach of contract and he may
take such action against the contractor as deemed fit.
12. TAXES & CESS:
a. The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be deemed to exclude GSTIN but other
taxes including royalties of all materials that the contractor will have to
purchase for performances of this contract.
b. SALES TAX / GSTIN:

2% GST to be deducted from work bills where agreement value exceeds Rs 2.50
Lakh. (to be applicable as per Government Notification).
c. INCOME TAX:
Income Tax will be deducted from the gross amount of each on going account &
will be recovered from the contractor towards Income Tax as applicable from
time to time (Provisional or as advised by Income Tax Department)
d. Labour Cess :
Labour cess will be deducted from each contract bill as applicable from time to
time.

- 74 -
13. INTEREST:
Under no circumstances interest is payable for dues of the Contractor if any

lying unpaid or payable for the work.
14. PLANS AND DRAWINGS:
The work has to be carried out in accordance with the Odisha detailed
standard specification and relevant I.S. specification pertaining to the tendered items
of work and specifications and special conditions appended here to Drawings will be
supplied to the contractor to execute the work in general conformity therewith. These
drawings will be supplemented by such additional, general and details drawings or
directions as may be considered necessary or desirable as the work progress. No
claim will be entertained due to change of drawing.
Where details shown on those drawings differ from the requirement of the
specifications, the requirement of the specifications shall govern and the contractor
shall not work without proper drawings, direction and instructions. He shall check all
drawings carefully and bring to the notice of the Engineer-in-charge any error and
omissions and discovered, where upon the Engineer-in-charge shall prepare revised
additional drawings and specifications as may be required. All such additional
general and detailed drawings will be binding on the Contractor under the same
terms and conditions as provided in clauses of F2 agreement. The decision of the
Engineer-in-charge with regards to specification is final, for which no compensation
or claim will be entertained.
15. CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME:
i) The contractor shall have to submit the construction programme i.e. the
plan and programme of execution for completion of the work at the time of agreement
to the Engineer-in-charge. the construction programme should be such that, road
work will commence after completion of 75% of lining work, or otherwise after
completion of the canal work including structure in full shape. The Engineer-in
charge shall have to approve the said construction programme by fixing a pragmatic
mile stone with reference to the provisions laid down under clause 2(a) of the
condition of the contract, for timely completion of the work and accordingly the work
is required to be executed.
ii) If the revised construction programme is required on account of non-

completion of work for which Extension of Time is required or for disruption of the
execution in the stipulated period, the contractor shall have to submit the same to

- 75 -
the Engineer-in-charge along with the Extension of Time application, if extension of

time is prayed for or immediately after disruption of the execution mentioning the
clear reasons as the case may be, for revision of work programme. The decision of the
Engineer-in-charge is final and binding on the contractor.The contractor shall
arrange for additional shifts whenever necessary to suit the revised construction
programme. No extra payment on this account is admissible.
iii) The contractor has to make adequate lighting arrangements for night
works wherever necessary in fulfillment of the construction programme at his own
cost and no extra payment on this account is admissible.
16. AVAILABILITY OF LABOUR:
Labour required for the work may not be available to the full extent in the
locality. The contractor may have to import labour from outside.
He shall arrange and regulate the labour strength according to necessity. The
Department shall not entertain the claim for any idle labour whether or not at the
fault of the contractor or due to any other reasons whatsoever. The contractor’s item
rate in the tendered are deemed to have adequate coverage on account of import and
employment of required labours and providing facilities and amenities to them.
17. SUSPENSION OF WORK:
The Engineer-in-charge may from time to time by written orders without in

any way deviating the contract, direct the contractor to suspend the work or any part
thereof at such time and the contractor shall not after receiving such written order
proceed with the work or items thereof ordered to be suspended until he shall have
received a written notice from the Engineer-in-charge to proceed with the work again.
Should the work be ordered to be suspended directly in the interest of safety of

the work due to acts of God or major war or indirectly as a result of the contractor
not complying with any of the provisions of the contract in respect of the quality of
the materials, workmanship programmed of execution he shall not be entitled to
claim any compensation for any loss he may be put to directly or indirectly for such
suspension of work.
During the period of suspension of the work the contractor shall properly
protect and secure the works as necessary in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge.
18. ITEMS NOT COVERED IN THE SCHEDULE:
The items of work not covered in the agreement shall be paid in the current
schedule of rate of the State and those not covered by the said schedule of rates will
be paid on actual analysis approved by competent authority.
19. FORCE MAJUORE:
The contractor shall take all precautions to protect the work from damages
due to rains,

- 76 -
flood, cyclones, fire or by any other natural calamity, public agitation or riots
etc and also make good such damage if any at his own cost during the period of
execution and till the work is taken over by the Department. No compensation will
be paid to the contractor on account of idle laborers due to above reason.
20. TOOLS AND PLANT:
The contractor should arrange necessary tools, plant and machineries for the
efficient execution of work at his own cost and the rates quoted should be inclusive of
such charges. The department may lend on hire some machinery for use in the work
subject to their availability on terms and condition as shall be specified by the
Department from time to time and after execution of necessary agreement. But on
the plea of non supply of machineries by the Department, the works should not be
delayed nor any compensation on such account is tenable nor will the contractor be
eligible for any time extension on that score.
21. HAUL ROADS:
All haul roads to Borrow areas and quarries will be constructed and
maintained by the contractor at his own cost. The roads so constructed shall be
allowed to be used free of cost by agencies working in other reaches of the canal
including Govt. Department unless other wise restricted by the Engineer-in-charge.
22. DEPARTMENTAL STOCK MATERIALS:
The contractor may be issued stock materials as per terms and conditions
specified under Clause - 8 of F-2 contract for bonafied use in the work. It shall be his
responsibility to make all arrangements for proper transport, safe storage, watch and
ward of materials and all other charges incidental there on. No payment shall be
made on this account to the contractor separately.
He shall be responsible for any loss or damage of departmental materials and

machinery during transit and execution of work. The stock materials to be issued by
the Department and details there of is annexed separately Annexure-IV.
23. CONSTRUCTION SHEDS:
Temporary structures may be erected by the contractor at his expenses for

storage sheds, office, residence, labour hutments etc. on the land available with the
Department with the permission of the Engineer-in-charge. On completion of the
work these structures should be dismantled and the site cleared and handed over to
the Department.
23.1. In the event of delay in supply of departmental materials or supply of detailed

structural designs for unavoidable reasons, reasonable extension of time will
be granted on the application of the contractor. But no claim for monetary
compensation will be entertained under any circumstances.

- 77 -
23.2. Any slip debris and other foreign materials deposited on the working region on
account of rains, flood or any other cause prior to and during the course of
execution and till the work is completely taken over the department have to be
cleared by the contractor at his cost. The rates quoted by the contractor shall
be inclusive of all such contingencies.
23.3. The contractor shall not interfere with the execution of water supply or
electrical arrangements or any other works entrusted to any other agency by
the Department at any time during progress of work.
23.4. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to make such arrangements as

may be required from time to time to protect men, machinery and the works
against damage due to flood and the department accepts no liability
whatsoever for damage or loss on this context.
24. SITE CLEARANCE:
Such portion of the site of work as may be considered necessary for the
purpose of alignment and demarcation shall be cleared of jungle, if any by the
contractor at his own cost.
The limits of the structure within which work will be carried out within the
scope of the contractor shall be suitably demarcated by the Department.
The contractor has to supply necessary labour at his own cost fixing
benchmark pillars/alignment pillars / alignment and pegs and also for layout,
leveling and profiling and maintaining the same till completion of the work. The
contractor at his own cost will supply cement concrete pillars required for layout. The
generally layout and Bench mark pillars already laid out by the Department is to
indicate generally this alignment of Canal in the field. The contractor while taking up
excavation works will preserve original pillars.
24.1. The contractor should kept himself in touch with the Engineer-in-charge for
smooth execution of work and arrange adequate labour depending upon the
work load and working space available. No claim whatsoever for detention /
idle of labour will be entertained.
25. OTHER CONTRACTORS:
Contractor’s operations shall be so planned as to prevent water from his work

flowing or finding way in to the neighboring reaches. In the event of water from his
reach flowing of finding way into the neighboring or subsequent reaches, the
respective contractor shall be liable to pay compensation towards any expenditure
incurred and loss or damage sustained by the concerned contractor(s) on account of
the said reasons unless they otherwise mutually settle the issue amongst themselves.
Provided that if there, by any dispute among the contractors on the account of such
compensation arises, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and
conclusive and binding on concerned contractor.

- 78 -
26. ORDER BOOK:
An order book with pages serially numbered will be issued by the

Superintending Engineer shall be maintained by the Sectional Officer systematically
till completion of the work and there after surrender it, to the Engineer-in-charge for
record. The order book shall be available at the site during work hours for recording
instructions relating to the work. Order regarding the work as and when necessary
shall be entered in this book by the Superintending Engineer or his superiors in
office with their dated signature in exercise of statutory power vested on them which
shall be duly noted by the contractor or his authorized agent with his dated
signature. The Superintending Sub-ordinate, the in charge of work shall also record
his observation of defective work and such orders / observation entered in this book,
and noted by the contractor agent shall be considered to have been duly given to the
contractor, similarly orders entered by the Superintending Engineer and Chief
Engineer shall be deemed to have been duly issued by the Engineer - in - charge for
the contract.
27. CLAIM BOOK:
A claim book of pages serially numbered shall be issued by the Superintending

Engineer to the contractor who shall maintain it systematically and securely, and
shall record in it such items as are not covered by his contract and or claimable as
extra claim shall be entered in this book under the dated signature of the contractor
or his duly authorized agent at the end of each month.
A certificate should be furnished by him along with those claims to the effect
that beyond the claims entered in the book, the contractor has no other claims up-to-
date. If in any month there are no claims, a recorded a certificate to that effect
should be furnished by the contractor in the claim book. Each claim must be definite
and should give also as far as possible the quantities as well as the total amount
claimed. The claim book must be submitted regularly by the contractor to the
Engineer-in-charge by the 10th day of each month for his orders. Claims not made in
this manner are liable to be summarily rejected. The claim book shall be finally
surrendered by the contractor to the Engineer-in-charge for record.
28. RULE TO VERBAL ORDER:
It shall be the contractors responsibility to get any verbal orders, instructions

or directions confirmed in writing without which no cognizance will be taken of such
verbal orders, instructions or directions for settlement of any claim arising thereof.
29. STATUTORY OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR:
The contractor shall have to arrange water required for the work at his own cost.
29.1. The contractor shall have to construct and maintain coffer dam as required for
the work during execution at his own cost.

- 79 -
29.2. Bailing out water from foundation, construction of cross bund dewatering
wherever necessary during execution of the work shall have to be done by the
contractor at his own cost.
29.3. Gangway, scaffolding or any such arrangements required for the work are to
be provided by the contractor at his own cost as per direction of the Engineer-
in-charge. The Department will have the right to inspect such arrangement
made for the work and reject partly or fully such structures found defective in
opinion of the Engineer-In-Charge.
29.4. Department shall not pay compensation to the contractor for the damage
occurred to the materials and work entrusted to his due to natural calamities.
30. DEPARTMENTAL RIGHT FOR DEVIATION IN QUANTITIES:
Right is reserved to make such increase or decrease in quantity or item of

work mentioned in the schedule attached to the tender notice as may be considered
necessary for satisfactory completion of the work and such increase or decrease shall
in no way invalidate the contractor.
31. EMERGENCY MEASURE:
The work may be split up and distributed among several contractors if

considered necessary on the emergency of the circumstances of the work and the
contractor will not be entitled to any compensation to this account.
32. SAFETY OF MACHINERIES:
Unusual flood may occur during the working season. In the event of
overtopping or breach in the cofferdam/embankment due to such flood in the
working season resulting in flooding of the working area or outside the working area,
the contractor shall make his own arrangement to shift the machineries and
equipments, materials etc. to a safe place at his own cost. The work shall be resumed
after the floods. Necessary reconstruction of the cofferdam / embankment clearing
the working area of debris and silt shall have to be done by the contractor at his own
cost. Suitable extension of time may however be granted in such eventualities at the
request of the contractor, but no compensation whatsoever shall be paid in this
regard.
33. CONTRACTOR DYING, BECOMING INSOLVENT, INSTANCE OR
IMPRISONED:
(a) In the event of the death, insanity, insolvency and imprisonment of the
contractor or the contractor being a partnership or firm becomes dissolved or being a
corporation goes into the liquidation, the contract may be terminated by notice in
writing posted at the site of work and advertised in one issue of the local newspaper
and all acceptable works shall be paid for after recovering all the contractors due to
Govt. there from at appropriate rates to the person or persons entitled to receive and
given dishonor-age for the payment.

- 80 -
(b) If the contractor becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against
him or compound with his creditor or being a Corporation commence to be would up
not being a voluntary winding up for the purpose only an amalgamation or
reconstruction or carry on its business under a receiver for the benefit of the
creditors of any of them, the Department shall be at liberty.
i) To give such liquidator receiver, or other person the option of carrying out the
contract subject to his providing a guarantee for the due, faithful performance
of the contract up to an amount to be determined by the Department.
ii) To terminate the contract forthwith by notice in writing to the contractor or to

the liquidator or receiver or to any person in whom the contract may become
vested and to act in the manner as per prevalent clauses of F-2 contract.
34. MEASUREMENT OF EACH WORK SHALL BE TAKEN AS FOLLOWS:
Before commencement of work initial levels and to determine the final

measurement of the work, final levels of the embankment or canal or ground or
structural work as the case may be, shall be taken in presence of the contractor. The
contractor will satisfy himself about the correctness of the initial and final levels
entered in the level book issued by the Engineer-in-charge and in token of the
acceptance of the said levels the contractor shall have to sign in each page of level
book in which the said levels are recorded. Basing on these levels, the gross quantity
of work executed by the contractor shall be arrived at. After completion of the work
the contractor shall be given a written notice to attend the final measurement. On
receipt of the notice, the contractor must have to attend the final measurement
failing which the measurement ex-parte shall be taken by the Engineer-in-charge
which shall be binding on the contractor. In case of the abandonment of work, if it is
decided by the Engineer-in charge that final measurements of executed work shall be
taken, the same procedure shall be followed as in case of final measurement on
completion of work. It is the responsibility of the contractor to make the site free from
all problems to take measurement by the Superintending Engineer or his authorized
officer. If, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, the site is not free from problem
for measurement and the contractor does not take any corrective measures to get rid
of same, the Engineer-in-Charge shall make the site free from problem to take the
measurement at the cost of the contractor and to determine cost involved there of,
certificate by the Engineer-in-Charge for the purpose, shall be conclusive and
binding.
34.1. The Engineer-in-charge shall decide the contractual matters in accordance

with codes, rules and acts in vogue which shall be binding on both parties.
35. REMOVAL OF CONTRACTOR’S MEN:
The contractor shall on the written direction of the Superintending Engineer

immediately removed from the works any person employed thereon, who may, in the

- 81 -
opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, be incompetent or has misconduct himself. Such

person shall not be employed again on the works without the written permission of
the Engineer-in-charg
36. DETAILS CALL NOTICE BEING PART OF CONTRACT:
The detail Tender Call Notice and all the Annexure there to will form the part
of the agreement when the work will be awarded to the contractor. All the
correspondences made with the contractor and all his correspondences with the
department after the tender is received will also be attached with the agreement.
37. FAIR WAGES CLAUSE:
The contractor should abide the fair wage clause introduced by the Govt. and
shall not pay less than the fair wages fixed by the Govt. to the laborer engaged by
him in the work.
38. LABOUR LICENSE AND REGISTRATION:
The contractor is to furnish labour license as per the relevant labour Act and
rules in force before signing the agreement, failing which execution of agreement will
not be entertained.
39. PRICE PREFERENCE:
a) Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe tenderers will be given concession

where their tenders are within 10% of the rate quoted by the lowest
tenderer for any work. The work may be considered for award to him /
them at the lowest tendered rate in relation of rule 18 of O.G.F.R. Vol. 1
Para 2.5.14 of O.P.W.D. Code vide Govt. of Odisha Works Deptt. Circular
No.27748 dated 11.10.97.
b) Preference in price will also be given to M/s Odisha Construction

Corporation Ltd. as per relevant Govt. Circular.
40. QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING:
The quality control organization of department will conduct necessary tests to

ensure specifications and quality of execution of work as per standard procedures in
vogue. The testing charges of Reinforcing Bar will be borne by the contractor.
41. TESTING OF THE STRUCTURES:
During execution of work, the contractor shall arrange the requisite

equipments for testing of the work if found necessary at his own cost.
42. DEFECTS LIABILITY:
The contractor shall be responsible to make good of the defects at his own
expense, which may develop or may be noticed before the expiry of one year from the
certified date of completion and which is attributable to the contractor. All notices of

- 82 -
such defect shall be given to the contractor promptly. In case, the contractor fails to
make good of the defects, the Engineer-in-charge employ other persons/ agencies to
make good of such defect, and all expenses consequent thereof and incidental
thereto, shall be borne by the contractor.
In the event Government takes over portions of works, as they are completed,
the liability of the contractor under this clause for those portions shall extend to a
period of one year from the actual date on which portions of the works are taken over
to the possession of the Department.
43. ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE’S DECISION:
It shall be accepted as an inseparable part of the contract that in matters

regarding materials, workmanship, removal of improper work, interpretation of the
contract drawing and contract specification, mode of procedure and the carrying out
of the work, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge, which shall be given in writing,
shall be final and binding on the contractor. The Engineer-in-Charge’s final authority
applies to technical consideration and does not include decisions regarding sums due
to or from the contractor for extension of time.
44. PAYMENT OF PRICE ESCALATION IN THE CONTRACT CONTAINING THE

PRICE ADJUSTMENT CLAUSE:
With regard to payment of price escalation during the extended period when
the reasons for delay are not attributable to the contractor, it is clarified that where
the extension of time is allowed by the Govt. / Higher authorities with the benefit of
price escalation in respect of the balance work left for execution, pragmatic revised
milestones should be fixed for completion of the balance work. The escalation
calculation should be based on the milestones which could have been achieved by
the contractor during the agreement period and extended period and should be
limited to the quantities stipulated therein. Payment of price escalation during
extended period will be paid subject to approval of the same by the Government of
Odisha, Department of Water Resources.
45. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTE:

If the contractor considers any work demanded of him to be outside the
requirements of the contract or considers any drawing record or ruling of the
Engineer-in-charge, on any matter in connection with or arising out of the contract or
carrying out of work to be unacceptable, he shall promptly ask the Engineer-in-
charge in writing for written instruction or decision. There upon the Engineer-in-
charge shall give his written instructions or decision within a period of thirty days of
such request. Upon receipt of the written instruction or decision, the Contractor shall
promptly proceed without delays to comply with such instruction or decision. If the
Engineer-in-charge fails to give his instructions or decision in writing within a period
of thirty days after being requested or if the contractor is dissatisfied with the
instruction or decision of the Engineer-in-charge, the contractor may within thirty
days after receiving instructions or decision of the Engineer-in-charge will approach
to the higher authority who shall afford an opportunity to the contractor to be heard

- 83 -
and to offer evidence in support of his appeal. The Authority shall give his decision
within a period of thirty days after the contractor has given the said evidence in
support of his appeal, which shall be binding upon the contractor.
46. RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES:
a) All claims are to be settled by a Civil Court of Competent jurisdiction by way of
Civil Suit.
b) The contractor shall not be entitled to invoke Civil Suit until and unless he has
completed the work or until the Govt. has made alternative arrangements for
completion of work in question as the case may be.
c) The pendency of Civil Suit proceedings shall not dis-entitle the Government for
completion of the work.
47. JURISDICTION OF COURT:
For the purpose of jurisdiction in the event of dispute, if any contractor should be
deemed to have entered into within the State of Odisha and it is agreed that neither
part to the contractor nor the agreement will be competent to bring a suit in regard to
matters covered by this contract any place outside the state of Odisha.
47.1. If any further necessary information is required, the Engineer-in-charge will
furnish such information on written request, but it must be clearly understood
that tender must be received in order and according to instruction /
specifications appended herewith.
48. CLAUSE FOR ADDITIONAL SECURITY FOR UNBALANCED ITEMS:
Additional performance Security shall be obtained from the bidder when the bid amount
is less than estimated cost put to tender. In such an event, only the successful bidder who
has quoted less bid price/ rates than the estimated cost put to tender shall have to furnish
the exact amount of differential cost i.e. estimated cost put to tender minus the quoted
amount as Additional performance Security (APS) in shape of Demand Draft/Term
Deposit Receipt duly pledged in favour of the Divisional officer WITHIN SEVEN
DAYS, otherwise the bid shall be cancelled and the security deposit shall be forfeited.
Further, proceeding for black listing shall be initiated against bidder as per amendment
to para 3.5.5 (V) of OPWD code volume-I vide office memorandum No. 14299 dt.
03.10.2017 of Govt. of Odisha work Dept.
(As perAmendment to Para-3.5.5(V) Note-II of OPWD Code, Vol-I)
49. CEMENT:
The Cement manufactured inside the State of Odisha is to be used as
mentioned in Technical Specification. (Refer clause 31 of condition of contract).
50. STEEL:
Reinforcement bar manufactured by Steel Authority of India Ltd. (SAIL) is to be
used. (Refer clause 31 of condition of contract).
51. BITUMEN:
Bitumen manufactured by Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. (IOCL) is to be used.
(Refer clause 31 of condition of contract).

- 84 -
CHAPTER – III
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

- 85 -
SECTION - 1
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
The terms the India Standard Specification herein after referred to as BIS as used therein
means the relevant Bureau of Indian Standard codes with all amendments published up to the
date of Submission of tenders. A statement of relevant BIS is applicable to this contest is
enclosed.
LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS
Sl.
Short Title B.I.S Number
No.
I. CEMENT
1. Specification to ordinary Portland cement 33 grade (4th Rev) 269-1989
2. Specification for Portland Pozzolana Cement 1489-1976
3. Portland Slag Cement (Fourth revision) 455-1989
4. Method for physical tests for hydraulic cement (Reaffirmed 4031-1968
1980)
5. Method of Chemical analysis for hydraulic cement (First 4032-1985
revision)
6. Rapid hardening Portland cement 8041-1978
7. Hydrophobic Portland cement 8043-1978
8. High Strength ordinary Portland cement 8112-1976
II. AGGREGATES
1. Specification for coarse and fine Aggregates from natural source 383-1970
for concrete (Second Revision)
2. Specification for sand for masonry mortars 2116-1965
3. Method of Tests for aggregates for concrete 2385-1969 (Part-
I to Part- VIV)
4. Standard sand for testing of cement (First revision) with 650-1966
amendment 1 and 2 Reaffirmed 1980
5. Methods for sampling of aggregates for concrete 2430 -1969
6. Method of test for determining aggregates impact value of soft 5640-1970
coarse aggregates
III. STEEL
1. Code of practice for bending and fixing of bars 2502-1963
2. Specification for cold worked steel deformed bars for concrete 1786-1979
reinforcement
3. Code of practice for welding of MS Bars used for reinforced 2751-1966
concrete construction.
4. Code for practice for use of Metal are welding for general 818-1989
construction of mild steel
5. Deformed bars for concrete reinforcement hot rolled mild steel 1139-1966
and medium tensile steel (Revised)
6. Recommendations for detailing of reinforcement in reinforced 5525-1969
concreted works

- 86 -
7. Specification for Mild Steel and medium tensile steel Bars for 432-1966(Part I)
Concrete reinforcement.
8. Code for practice for safety and health requirement in Electric 818-1968
and Gas welding and cutting operations
Sl.
No.
9. Code for practice for fire precautions in welding and cutting 3016-1965
operation.
10. Measurement of building and Civil Engineering works, method 1200-1974
part VIII steel work and iron work (Part VIII)
11. Code of procedure for manual or metal ARC and welding of 823-1964
Mild steel
12. Specification for filler rods and wires for gas welding 1278-1972
13. Recommendations for welding cold worked steel bars for 9417-1979
reinforced concrete construction
14. Hard drawn steel wire fabrics for concrete reinforcement 1566-1982
IV. CONCRETE
1. Method of Measurement of building and Civil Engineer work 1200-1968
Part-II cement concrete works. (Part-II)
2. Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete 456-2000
3. Specification for pre cast concrete coping blocks. 5751-1969
4. Methods of tests for strength of concrete 516-1959
5. Code of practice for laying in situ cement concrete lining on 3873-1993
canals
6. Specification for Admixtures for concrete 9103-1979
7. Method of Test for Autoclaved cellular concrete products. 6441-1972-73
(Part-I to IX)
8. Method of Sampling and Analysis of concrete 1199-1959
9. Specification of Batch type concrete mixtures (Second Revision) 1791-1968
10. General requirements for Concrete Vibrators immersion type 2505-1980
11. Specification for concrete vibrating tables 2514-1963
12. Method of test for permeability of cement mortar & concrete 3085-1965
13. Specification for fly ash for use as pozzolana as admixture for 3812-1981
Concrete (Part-II)
14. Specification for Portable swing weigh batch for concrete (single 2722-1964
and double bucket type)
15. Code of practice for installation of joints in concrete pavements 6509-1972
16. Code of practice for general construction of plain and reinforced 457-1957
concrete for dams and other massive structures
17. General requirement for concrete vibrator screed board type 2506-1985
(First revision)
18. Code of practice for concrete structures for shortage of liquids 3370 (Part-1 to 4)
19. Code of practice for use of immersion vibrator for consolidating 3558-1983
concrete (First revision)
20. Method for testing performance of batch type concrete mixer 4634-1968
21. Form vibrators for concrete 4656-1968
22. Concrete batching and mixing plant 4925-1968
23. Ready mixed concrete (Scond revision) 4926-1976
24. Code of practice for sealing joints in concrete lining on canals 5256-1992
25. Vibrating plate compactor 5889-1970

- 87 -
26. Concrete transit mixer and agitator 5892-1970

27. Concrete pavers 7245-1974
28. Concrete slump test apparatus 7320-1974
Sl.
No.
29. Method of making curing and determining compressive strength 9013-1978
of accelerated cured concrete test specimens.
30. Specification for 43 Grade Ordinary Portland Cement (First 8112-1989
Revision)
31. Specification for 53 Grade Ordinary Portland Cement (First 12269-1987
Revision)
32. Specification for admixtures for concrete (First Revision) 9103-1999
V. EARTH WORK
1. Method of Measurement of building and Civil Engineering 1200-1969
Works Part I, Earthwork. (Part-I)
2. Safety code for piling and other deep foundations 5121-1969
3. Code of practice for Design installation, observation and 6532-1972
Maintenance of uplift pressure pipes for Hydraulic structures on
permeable foundation.
4. Safety code for excavation works 3764-1966
5. Code of practice for protection of slope for Reservoir 8237-1985
embankment
6. Code of practice for earth work on canals 4701-1982
7. Guidelines for lining of canals in expansive soils 9451-19
8. Method of test for soils Part-II Determination of water concrete 2720-1973
(Part-II)
9. Method of test for soils Determination of water content dry 2720-1974
density relation using light compaction. (Part-VII)
10. Method of test for soils determination of dry density of soils in 2720-1974
place by the sand replacement method (Part-XXVIII)
11. Method of test for soils determination of dry density of soils in 2720-1975
place by the core cutter method (Part-XXIX)
12. Classification and identification of soils for general 1498-1970
13. Safety code for blasting and related drilling operation with 4081-1967
Amendment No. I (Reaffirmed 1978)
14. Portable Pneumatic drilling machine (First revision) 5441-1986
15. General requirement for black hold drilling rigs 7209-1974
16. Safety code for working with construction machinery 7293-1974
17. Code of practice for stability analysis of earth dams 7894-1975
18. Guidelines for design of under seepage control measures for 8414-1977
earth and rock fill dams
19. Filtration media sand and gravel 8419-1977(Part-I)
20. Guidelines for design of large earth and rock fill dams 8826-1978
21. Under drainage arrangements of lined canals. 4558-1995
22. Pre-cast cement concrete stables for canal lining 3868-1966
23. Methods of tests of soils 2720(Part-1 to X)
24. Ammonium nitrate for explosive 4668-1967
25. Method of test for commercial blasting explosives and 6609
accessories. (Part-1 to V)
26. Detonators 7632-1975

- 88 -
27. Method of load test on soils (Second revision) 1888-1982

28. Method for standard penetration test for soil (first revision) 2131-1981
Sl.
No.
29.Glossing of terms and symbolic relating to soil engineering. 2809-1972
30.Method of sampling and preparation of stabilized soils for 4332
testing (Part-I of 1967)
31. Test in over burden 5529
(Part-1 of 1969)
VI. OTHER SUBJECTS
1. Safety code for scaffolds and ladders part I scaffolds 3696-1966
2. Safety code for scaffolds and ladders Part 2 ladders. 3696-1966
(Part-II)
3. Recommendation s on stacking and storage of construction 4082-1977
materials at site.
4. Plywood for general purposes ( Second revision amendment 1 to 303-1975
3)
5. Test Sieves 460-1985
6. Code practice for under drainage of lined canals (2nd revision) 4558-1995
7. Code of for practice for in situ permeability test 5529 (Part-1 & 2)
8. Structural steel (Standard quality) (with amendment No.1 to 3) IS: 226-1975
9. Hard drawn steel wires (Third revision) IS: 432-1982
(Part-II)
10. Concrete pipes (with and without reinforcement) (2nd revision) IS: 458-1971
11. Code of practice for laying of concrete pipes IS: 783-1959
12. Specification for mild steel tubes, tubular and other wrought Steel IS:1239-1979
fittings Part-I mild steel tubes (fourth revision) (With
Amendments No. 1 to 5)
13. Hard drawn steel wire fabric for concrete reinforcement IS: 1566-1982
(Second revision)
14. Asbestos cement pressure pipe (Second revision) IS: 1592-1980
15. Preformed filler for expansion test in concrete payment and IS: 1838-1961
structures (non extruding and resilient type)
16. Cast iron detachable joints for use with asbestos cement pressure IS:8794-1978
pipes.
17. Structural steel (Fusion welding quality) (Second revision) IS: 2062-1980
18. Code of practice for laying of cast iron pipe (With amendment IS: 3114-1965
No. I)
19. Methods of testing for concrete pipes IS 3597-1966
20. Rubber sealing rings for gas mains water mains and sewers IS: 5382-1969
21. Centrifugally cast (spun) iron low pressure pipes for water gas IS: 6163-1978
and sewage (First revision)
22. Code of practice for laying of asbestos cement pressure pipes IS: 6530-1972
23. Cast iron detachable joints for use with asbestos cement IS: 8794-1978
pressure pipes
24. Other Publications: Ministry of shipping and transport No. 7900
Specification for Road and Bridge works
VII. STONE PITCHING AND LAUNCHING APRON

- 89 -
1. Methods of test for determination of strength properties of IS: 1121-

natural building stone 1975(Part-1 to 4)
Sl.
No.
2. Method of test determination of true specific gravity of natural IS: 1122-1974
building stone (First revision)
3. Method of identification of natural building stone (Ist Revision) IS: 1123-1975
4. Method of test for determination of water absorption apparent IS: 1124-1974
specific gravity and porosity of natural building stone (1st
revision)
5. Method of test for determination of weathering of natural IS: 1125-1974
building stones (First revision)
6. Method of test for determination of durability of natural building IS: 1126-1974
stone (First revision)
7. Recommendations for dimensions and workmanship of natural IS: 1127-1970
building stones for masonry work (First revision)
8. Recommendation of dressing of natural building stone (1st. IS: 1129-1972
revision)
9. Sand for plaster (First revision) IS: 1542-1977
10. Code of practice for construction of stone masonry IS: 1597-1967
11. Rubble stone masonry IS: 1597-
1967(Part I to II)
12. Method for determination of resistance to wear by abrasion of IS: 1706-1972
natural building stones (First revision)
13. Sand for masonry mortars (First revision) IS: 2116-1980
14. Code of practice for preparation and use of masonry mortars IS: 2250-1981
(First revision)
15. Stone facing IS: 4101-
1967(Part-I)
16. Method of test for determination of water transmission rate by IS: 4121-1967
capillary action through natural building stones
17. Method of test for surface softening of natural building stones by IS: 4120-1967
exposure to acidic atmospheres
18. Methods of test for determination of permeability of natural IS: 4348-1973
building stones (First revision)
19. Method of test for toughness of natural building stones IS: 5218-1969
20. Gujarat State, Section 2, Engineering properties of building IS: 7779-1975
stones (Part1/Sec.2)
21. Recommendation practice for quarrying stones for construction IS: 8881-1977
purpose.
VIII. ROAD WORK
1. Paving bitumen (revised) (with Amendment No.1) IS: 73-1961
2. Cut back bitumen (Revised) IS: 217-1982
3. Glossary of terms relating to bitumen and tar(2nd revision) IS:454-1961
4. Digboi type cut back bitumen (revised) IS: 454-1961
5. Distributors for hot tar and bitumen (first revision) IS: 2093-1974
6. Heaters for tar and bitumen (first revision) IS: 2094-1974
7. Hot asphalt mixing plants (with amendment No.1) IS: 3066-1965
8. Bitumen emulsion for roads (anionic type) IS: 3117-1965
9. Asphalt pavers’ finisher (first revision with amendment No.1) IS: 3251-1965

- 90 -
10. Bitumen drums IS: 3575-1977

Sl.
No.
11. Recommendations on stacking and storage of construction IS: 4082-1977
materials at site (first revision)
12. Bitumen mastic for bridge decking and roads IS: 5317-1969
13. Method of test for determining aggregates impact value of soft IS: 5640-1970
coarse aggregates.
14. Safety code for construction involving use of hot bituminous IS: 5916-1970
materials.
15. Method of test for determination of stripping value of road IS: 6241-1971
aggregates.
16. Coarse aggregates for water bound macadam (first revision) IS: 6579-1981
17. Adhesive, bitumen emulsion IS: 7393-1974
18. Code of practice for road gullies IS: 774-1975
19. Bitumen emulsion for roads (Cationic type) IS: 8887-1976
20. Methods for testing tar and bituminous materials IS: 9381-1976
21. Method for testing tar and bituminous materials Determination IS: 9382-1979
of effect of heat and air by thin film over test.
In addition to the relevant BIS code, the specifications prescribed and guidelines issued
by Central water Commission Standard Specifications shall also be followed where BIS
specifications are not available.
All works of the contract shall be executed as per the specific and relevant clause/
clauses of relevant I.S. code unless otherwise specified. Materials used should confirm to the
desired standards prescribed in the relevant codes. Wherever a Para of IS Code is cited in
specification, it goes without saying that the latest revision of the specification subsequently,
shall apply. For the purpose of relevancy or otherwise of any provision of the I.S. Code referred
to, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding.
*****

- 91 -
SECTION – 2
SITE OF WORK
2.1 DISCHARGE RECORDS

The Hydrological data, pertaining to the canal and the streams crossing the
canal furnished in the relevant report and drawings, are for information of bidders
and contractors. It should be noted that the data used in preparing these particulars
were recorded at locations different from the work site. The Government (i.e Govt. of
Odisha) does not guarantee the reliability or accuracy of any of the data, shall
assume no responsibilities for any conclusions or interpretations that may be made
from them. The contractor shall undertake at his expense such studies as are
necessary to assess the reliabilities and accuracy of the information presented in the
Data.
2.2. SETTING OUT OF WORK
2.2.1 Permanent bench marks shall be fixed at suitable location connecting
permanent bench marks fixed by Survey of India. Temporary Bench Marks shall be
set up by the Department at every 0.5 Km intervals at convenient locations along the
canal to serve as reference levels. The contractor shall establish additional reference
Bench Marks as may be needed at his own cost for facilitating the setting out and
taking levels for measurement of work, with the approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
The bench mark shall be marked on a concrete pillar 30 cm.(L) x 30 cm (B) x 75 cm
(H) which shall be embedded 55 cm into firm ground and projecting 20 cm above the
ground. The Bench Mark pillar shall be constructed in plain cement concrete of M-
10. The pillar shall be protected from being disturbed. The RL of bench marks shall
be conspicuously carved and painted on the pillar.
2.2.2 Before starting any work and during execution (if required), the contractor
shall erect reference bench marks, reference lines and check profiles at convenient
locations as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge. The centreline of the canal
and the reference line for all alignments for demarcation purpose shall be laid by
dug-belling on the ground. The reference line shall comprise the base line properly
dug-belled on the ground with the numbered concrete/ masonry RD pillar suitably
spaced.
2.2.3 Centre line of the canal shall be marked by fixing pillar/ stone at 30 m
intervals. Profiles of the canal in filling and in moderate cutting shall be marked at 50
m intervals in straight reaches and at 25 m intervals in curves. A reference line shall
also be marked on ground away from the outer edges of cutting and filling with
pillars at suitable intervals for future reference.
To ensure correctness of execution, the edges of cutting and the outer toe lines
of canal in filling should be marked by fixing pillars or pegs at suitable intervals or by
dug- belling.
2.2.4 The check profiles shall be located 15 m apart or longer as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge to serve as a guide for execution of all slopes and steps to the
elevations and profile(s) indicated in the approved drawings. All important levels and
all reference points with respect to bench marks and reference shall be fixed and co-
related by the contractor as per directions of the Engineer-in-charge.
2.2.5 The zones of full cutting section, full filling section, partial cutting and
filling section shall be separated by conspicuous demarcation in the field.
The curves stipulated in construction drawings shall be carefully laid in the
field by adopting approved method of curve layout. The curves shall be marked on
the ground by fixing pegs at very closer intervals and joining the peg points by dug-
belling to a suitable depth.

- 92 -
The locations of different structures indicated in construction drawing shall

also be clearly marked on the ground along the alignment of the canal. The control
structure locations of off-taking canals shall also be clearly demarcated, so that
unnecessary excavation or filling at these locations can be avoided.
The spoils dumping zones shall clearly be demarcated in the field. These zones
should be at least 2 m beyond the location of catch water drains.
2.2.6 To ensure accuracy in execution of cutting, the canal embankment, spoil
banks and the structures, their layout shall be given in an appropriate manner with
pegs and pillars suitably placed in relation to outer dimensions of these elements.
2.2.7 All materials and labour for setting out works including construction of
reference bench marks, reference lines, check profiles and surveys as may be
required at the various stages of construction, shall be made by the contractor at his
own cost. The cost of such works shall be deemed to have been included in the cost
of items in schedule.
2.3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
2.3.1 CLEARING AND LEVELING SITE.
The portion of the right-of-way where required for constructing the work under
these specifications shall be cleared of all trees, bushes, rubbish and other
objectionable materials. Trees designated by the Engineer-in-charge shall not be cut
and shall be protected from injury. Such cleared materials shall be disposed-off as
provided in the sub-paragraph 3.2.3 below or removed from the site of work before
the date of completion of the contract as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The
clearing operation shall be in accordance with clauses 4.1., 4.1.1., 4.2 and 4.3 of IS:
4701-1982 Indian code of Practice for earth work in canals. Surface boulders, either
loose or partly embedded in the ground will have to be removed and stacked as
directed.
2.3.2 GRUBBING.
The area described or shown on the relevant site plan shall be cleared of all
obstructions, loose stones, non required materials and rubbish of all kinds. All
brushwood shall be cleared and the roots grubbed up. Trees to be preserved will be
designated by the Engineer-in-charge. No trees shall be cut down and removed
without the instructions of the Engineer-in-charge. Those which are cut down shall
be grubbed up. The same remarks apply to jungle clearance.
The products of the clearing shall be stacked in such place and manner as
may be ordered by the Engineer-in-charge and the ground shall be left in a perfectly
clean condition. All products of the clearing shall be the property of Govt. and shall
be disposed- off as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
All holes or hollows, whether originally existing or produced by digging up
roots shall be carefully filled up with earth, well rammed to the design density and
levelled off as directed.
2.3.3 PREPARATION OF BED
Ant-hills shall be completely dug out before earth work is started. Loose stones
and digging of ant-hills involved in the preparation of bed. The contract rate for the
earth work shall be deemed to include all the work to be done in accordance with this
clause. In cases where the work of preparation of bed is rather extensive, the
Engineer-in-charge will usually provide a separate schedule item of such preparation,
but in the absence of such schedule provision, the contractor shall understand that
his tender rate is inclusive of all such work without extra charge.
The contractor shall therefore examine the site before tendering and provide
for all items to be done under this earth work tender rate. Old bunds will be benched
or sloped as directed by Engineer-in-charge before addition of earth. The benches
shall be 450 mm x 450 mm unless other sizes are specified (Refer page-35/Chapter-2
of Technical Manual, OCTDMS). The benches or slope shall be inspected by the

- 93 -
Engineer-in-charge or engineer designated for the purpose and approved before new
earth work is keyed into them.
2.3.4 DISPOSAL OF CLEARED AND GRUBBED MATERIAL
The disposal of cleared and grubbed materials shall be in accordance with
clause 4.1.1 of IS 4701-1982 code of practice for earth work on canals. All waste
materials to be burnt shall be piled neatly and when in suitable condition shall be
burnt completely to ashes. Pilling of waste material for burning shall be done at such
a location and in such a manner as would not cause any fire risk in cleared area.
Suitable materials and equipments for prevention and suppression of the fire shall be
kept available at all times.
The materials to be disposed off shall be buried.
2.3.5 PAYMENT
For the clearance of light jungles, heavy jungle with or without up-rooting etc.,
payment will be made as provided for in the bill of quantities. Separate payment will
not be made for clearing of site and grubbing including disposal of the cleared and
grubbed materials required under the above paragraphs as specified in the contract
document. The contractor shall include the cost thereof in the price bid in the bill of
quantities of the contract for the relevant finished item of work for which clearing and
grubbing as mentioned in the above para are required. No payment towards removal
of small stones and boulders of size less than 0.5 cubic meters will be made, and the
rate quoted for excavation will be considered to include this item. However, payment
will made for the removal of surface boulders of sizes greater than 0.5 cubic meter,
either loose or partly embedded in the ground, at the rate quoted in bill of quantities
for the actual quantity so removed based on stack measurement applicable for the
relevant strata classification after deducting 40% towards voids.
Benching will be paid as separate item, per cubic meter of excavation of bench
at the rate provided for in the tender documents.
2.4 USE OF WATER
2.4.1 WATER FOR DUST ABATEMENT
The contractor shall procure and apply water for dust abatement.
Water applied for dust abatement will not be eligible for payment. The cost of
procuring and applying water including all expenses for all means of conveying water
to the point of use, their collection, usage, and all other incidental expenses will not
be paid separately including creation of source of water and the cost shall be deemed
to have been included in the concerned unit price bid in the bill of quantities of the
contract for the relevant finished item of work for which water for dust abatement is
required.
So also the cost of procuring and applying water required for the works shall
be included in the price bid in the bills of quantities for the items of work for which
the water is used.
2.4.2 PREWETTING OF CANAL PRISM AND ADJACENT AREAS
The contractor shall furnish all labour, materials and equipment and shall
procure and apply water required for pre-wetting the areas under canal and
embankment.
Water applied for pre-wetting areas as detailed above will not be eligible for
payment. The cost of procuring and applying water including all expenses for all
means of conveying the water to the point of use, their collection, usage and all
incidental charges shall be included by the contractor in the concerned unit price bid
in the bill of quantities for that item of work where the water shall be used and no
separate payment for the same will be made.
2.5 SITE DRAINAGE
2.5.1 CROSS DRAINAGE

- 94 -
The contractor shall handle all flows from natural drainage channel
intercepted by the work under these specifications, perform any additional excavation
and grading for drainage as directed and provide and maintain any temporary
construction required to by- pass or otherwise cause the flows to be harmless to the
work and property. When the temporary construction is no longer needed and prior
to acceptance of the work the contractor shall remove the temporary construction
and restore the site to its original condition as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
In addition to cross drains, longitudinal drains may be considered necessary
for proper drainage. The drainage system consisting of network of cross and
longitudinal drainage system will be led into out-fall drains to prevent stagnation of
water at the place of construction. The drains shall be constructed to the section
designed and shall be either open or filled up with material to ensure free flow of
water without clogging of the filled materials.
The cost of all works and materials required by this paragraph shall be
included by the contractor in the unit prices quoted in the bill of quantities and no
separate payment will be made for the same.
2.5.2 DRAINS
In connection with excavation for the canal and structures, the contractor
shall perform excavation for the construction of drains, beam drains and chutes and
any other drains as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
The location, grades and sections of the drains shall be as shown on the
drawings and or as directed. Measurement of excavation for the above drains will be
made to the lines shown in the drawings or as directed. Payment for excavation for
the above drains, channels and embankment will be made at the unit price bid in the
bill of quantities for execution of canal, which unit price shall include the cost of
placing the materials in embankment or otherwise disposing of the excavated
materials and all work necessary to maintain the work in good order during
construction.
2.5.3 BERM DRAINAGE AND DOWEL BANKS
Berm drainage, including drainage along the berm and banks of the canal and
longitudinal berm drains shall be constructed where shown to dimensions and
grades on the drawings or as directed.
The surface of the berm shall be sloped transversely and dowel banks shall be
made along with sides of the banks and berm where shown on the drawings and
elsewhere where directed. The dowel banks may be made by balding of material in
place, following completion of a canal reach.
No direct payment will be made for construing Dowel banks and sloping berms
and cost thereof shall be included in the unit price per cubic meter bid in the bill of
quantities for construction for canal embankment including reconstructing and
remodelling.
2.6 MONSOON DAMAGES
Damages due to rain or flood either in cutting or in banks shall have to be
made good by the Contractor till the work is handed over to the department. The
responsibility for de-silting and making good the damages due to rain or flood rests
with the contractor. No extra cost is payable for such operations and the contractor
shall therefore, had to take all necessary precautions to protect the work done during
the construction period.
2.7 REMOVAL OF SILT AND WATER
Accumulated silt and water in the canal and structures for the works partly
done by the contractor in current or previous seasons should be removed and no
extra payment will be made, for such removal of silt and water. This unit rate of
excavation is deemed to include cost of removal of such silt and water.

- 95 -
2.8 PROCEDURES FOR MEASUREMENT

Before commencement of work, initial levels to indicate existing ground levels,
shall be taken at 30 m intervals longitudinally along the alignment of the canal. The
level points transversely along the cross sections shall be at the maximum of 5 m
intervals in flat ground and 3 m in undulating terrain. The cross sections shall be
extended beyond the limit of work to a suitable distance and minimum 5 m beyond
the toe lines of slopes on both the sides. The interval stipulated shall be made closer
depending on the topography or any stipulation made by the Engineer-in-charge.
All initial levels shall be recorded in ink in authenticated level books issued by
the Engineer-in-charge and shall be signed by the Junior Engineer/ Assistant
Engineer when he records the levels. The Assistant Engineers and Superintending
Engineers shall exercise checks strictly in accordance with the codal provisions.
Actual construction works shall not be allowed to start unless the above
formalities are fulfilled.
If the work is awarded to any agency, the level shall be recorded in the
presence of the contractor or his authorized agent. The contractor or his authorized
agent shall sign each page of the level book/ field book in token of acceptance. These
cross sections shall form the basis of all future measurements and payments. Each
dimension shall be measured to the nearest 0.01m, areas shall be computed to
nearest 0.01sqm. Volume shall be computed to nearest 0.01 cubic m.
******
SECTION- 3
EARTH WORK
3.0 EARTH WORK - GENERAL
To the extent that they exist, plans and estimates for the Government’s studies
of Earth Work for construction of the canal will be available for inspection by the
Bidders in the office of the concerned Engineer-in-charge. Such information is made
available solely for the convenience of Bidders. The Government does not guarantee
that the information is accurate or complete. Bidders are cautioned that this
information is subject to revision and that the Govt. disclaims responsibility for any
interpretation, deduction or conclusions, which may be made there from. It is not
intended that this information will limit or prescribe the excavation and handling
procedures of the contractor, and the Govt. reserves the right to utilize and distribute
earth work materials during the progress of work as it serves the interest of the Govt.
Drawing showing the typical section of the canal annexed to these
specifications provides such details as would enable the contractor to execute the
work in general conformity there-with under these specifications which have been
prepared as definitely and in as much detail as possible with regard to design data
presently available. These drawings will be supplemented by such additional, general
and details drawings or directions as may be considered necessary or desirable as the
work progresses. For all changes in approved drawing/ design the recommendation
of Superintending Engineer and approval of Chief Engineer will be essential. Where
details shown on these drawings differ from the requirements of these specifications,
the requirement of specifications shall govern. The contractor shall do no work
without proper drawings. He shall check all drawings and specifications carefully and
advise the Engineer-in-charge if any errors and omissions are discovered where upon
the Superintending Engineer will prepare and lodge such revised additional drawings
and specifications as may be required to suit the stage of the work. All such
additional general and detailed drawings whether original or revised lodged in the
office of the Engineer-in-charge and signed by him for the purpose of identification
shall be open for inspection by the contractor under the same terms and conditions
as provided in agreement.

- 96 -
3.1 EXCAVATION OF CANAL AND FOR STRUCTURES

3.1.1. CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION
Payment shall be made on actual classification of soil met with during
excavation. Materials excavated shall be measured in excavation to the lines shown
on the drawings or as provided in these specifications, and all materials required to
be excavated will be paid for at the applicable rates in the schedule for excavation. No
additional allowance above the rates in the schedule will be made on account of any
of the material being wet. Bidders and the contractors must assume all
responsibility for deducing and concluding as to the nature of the materials to be
excavated and the difficulties of making and maintaining the required excavations.
The classification of excavation shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge and
binding on the contractor. In case of dispute, the decision of Superintending
Engineer shall be final. Merely the use of explosive in excavation will not be
considered in areas on the higher classification unless blasting is clearly necessary in
the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge.
3.1.2. EXCAVATION FOR CANAL
a) The excavation may be carried out manually or mechanically and as per
specification drawing and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
b) The excavation for canal in all kinds of soil and D.I. Rock shall be done
according to the dimensions and grades shown on the drawing. Proud
equivalent to thickness of the lining on sides and in bed on the underside of the
lining shall be left unexcavated temporarily and the removal of this proud shall
be done just before trimming and placing concrete for lining.
c) Blasting shall be done in such a manner as not to cause over break, which in
the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge is excessive. Special care shall be taken to
prevent over break or loosening of material on bottom and side slopes against
which concrete lining is to be placed. The method of drilling and blasting to be
resorted to for rock excavation, shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-
charge.
d) Except for the area of rock, all areas to be excavated for canal sections shall be
pre-wetted so that at the time of excavation moisture content shall be at about
optimum. However in case the excavated material from canal is not to be used
for embankment, such pre-wetting is not necessary.
e) The excavation shall be allowed to progress from the valley ends of the reach
towards the ridge in conformity with the layout given. All useful earth from
excavation shall be used in for filling the banking section, with varying leads
and with all lifts either manually or mechanically. Excavated materials which is
not useful for banking or which is in excess after meeting the banking
requirement of the reach shall be disposed as specified at Para 8.1 and 8.2 of
I.S. Code 4701-1982 either by head lead or by mechanical means or by both in
spoil bank or at any specified place with all lifts and with varying leads.
f) The re-gradation for tail channel and approach channel for structures and
diversion of drains, nallah shall be done according to the dimension and grade
as shown on the drawings or as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge.
g) The contractor shall not be entitled to any additional rate above the rates quoted
in the schedule on account of the requirement for allowing additional time for
drying, stock piling and re-handling the excavated materials which have been
deposited temporarily and stock piled.
h) When cutting on cross sloping ground, the contractor shall cut a catch water
drain on the higher side to prevent water from flowing down the cutting slope.
3.1.2.1 EXCAVATION OF SOIL AND DISINTEGRATED (D.I) ROCK
Excavation of soil shall comprise of all kinds of soil such as vegetable or
organic soil, turf, sand, silt, loam, clay, mud, peat, black cotton soil, loose or compact

- 97 -
moorum, soft, stiff/ heavy/ hard shale, stony earth mixed with gravel having
boulders up to 300 mm maximum diameter in one direction. Excavation of D.I. rock.
shall comprise of soling of roads/ paths, hard core, macadam surface, lean concrete,
stone masonry, brick work, soft conglomerate, lime stone, sand stone, laterite, hard
conglomerate and types of D. I. rock, which does not require blasting and can be
quarried or split with pick axe and crow bars. If however, the contractor resorts to
blasting in such strata and D.I. rocks for his convenience, no extra payment shall be
made and the materials shall not be classified in higher grade.
Excavation for canal shall confirm to provisions of relevant I.S.Codes. Side
slopes are to be provided as per the approved drawings, specification and provision of
I.S.Code.
3.1.2.2 EXCAVATION OF MEDIUM/ HARD ROCK
This shall include all solid rock in place, of such hardness and textures that it
can not be removed by pick axe and crowbars or any other method until loosened by
drilling, appropriate blasting and wedging. All boulders or detached pieces of solid
rocks having volume greater than 3.0 cum can be classified as Medium/ Hard Rock.
Blasting shall only be resorted to only after it has been certified by the Engineer-in-
charge that blasting is necessary.
The excavated rock and debris so obtained shall be carried and dumped /
stacked separately with varying lead at the places indicated by the Engineer-in-
charge. The volume shall be calculated after deduction of suitable void percentage
and compared & co-related with the pre-measured volume.
The excavated materials shall be the property of the Department. The same
shall be issued to the contractor for the works such as pitching, filter, rock toe,
masonry works etc under this work if required, at the issue rate fixed by the
department from time to time which is applicable and binding on the contractor.
Payment for Medium/ Hard Rock by means of appropriate blasting shall be

made as per level section (pre & finished) at such closer intervals considered
necessary for levelling as per opinion of the Engineer-in-charge. Isolated boulders
having volume more than 3.0 cum and can’t be covered under section measurement,
shall be pre-measured. However, the excavated rock as measured by the above
method and as calculated by stack measurement (deducting voids) shall be co-related
and variation worked out. The volume from stack measurement of rock shall not
ordinarily be less than 70%, which shall be ascertained by the Engineer-in-charge
and certified in the measurement book. If a higher variation is found after
verification, a report in this effect shall be forwarded to the Superintending Engineer
for approval.
3.1.2.3 OVER EXCAVATION
The canal shall be excavated to exact designed section in all kinds of soil and
D.I. rock. No over excavation will be allowed in such reaches. However in canal
sections, taken in Medium Hard Rock formation over excavation to the extent of 10
cm. depth on an average will be allowed and paid for in the respective item. In case of
over excavation beyond 10 cm depth due to poor geological formation certified by the
Superintending Engineer and approved by the Chief Engineer payments would be
made for removal of such quantity only.
In canal sections where expansive type of soil such as CH type of soil is
encountered and over which concrete lining can not be directly laid, the canal prism
shall be over excavated to the extent as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and such
over excavated section shall be filled with cohesive-non-swelling (CNS) type of soil to
be placed in uniformly compacted layers as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The
over excavation made in such strata, filling by suitable soil, watering & compacting
will be paid under respective items at the quoted rate.

- 98 -
3.1.2.4 DEWATERING TRENCHES AND WET EXCAVATION

Subsoil water met within canal excavation shall be diverted to nearby drain/
nalla by cutting an open channel within the canal section to be excavated. When the
drain/ nalla bed is higher than the subsoil water level met with, pumping shall be
resorted to for dewatering below the drain/ nalla bed level. In case where topography
of the area is such that surface water is not possible to be drained off by excavating
the channel, pumping shall be resorted to till completion of the work. No distinction
shall be made as to whether the materials being excavated is dry, moist of wet, care
should be taken to discharge the drained water not to cause damage to works, crops
or any other property. No separate payment shall be made for dewatering by pumping
of by any other method.
3.1.2.5 MEASUREMRENT AND PAYM ENT
The payment shall be made on volumetric basis for the quantities excavated to
the required extent. The cross sections shall be taken initially before commencement
of work as stipulated in earlier Para. On completion of excavation, final cross sections
shall be taken at the same points longitudinally and transversely. These cross
sections shall be marked on the initial cross sections and the quantities between
initial and final cross section shall be worked out and paid.
3.2 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
Excavation for the foundation of structures shall be to the level shown on the
drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. In so far as practicable the useful
materials removed in excavation for structures shall be used for back fill and
embankment.
3.2.1 FOUNDATIONS FOR STRUCTURES
All trenches in soil other than rock or hard compact soil more than 1.5 m
depth and soft of fissured rock exceeding 2.0 m depth in which men enter shall be
securely shored and shuttered and timbered. All loose stones, projecting clumps of
earth, pockets of materials which might come down on the workers in the trenches or
any condition which is hazardous, shall be either removed or the excavated, sides
adequately braced and the trench suitably guarded. On stiff slopes, workmen shall
not be permitted to work one above the other.
The contractor shall prepare the foundations of structure sites by method
which will provide firm foundation for the structures. The bottom and the side slopes
of common excavation upon or against which the structure is to be placed shall be
finished to the prescribed dimensions and the surfaces so prepared shall be
moistened and tamped with suitable tools to form a firm foundation upon or against
which the structures is to be placed. The contractor shall prepare the foundation of
the structures as shown on the respective drawings. The horizontal foundation
materials beneath the required excavation shall be moistened if required and
compacted in place.
If the Engineer-in-charge considers it necessary to consolidate the foundation
strata by grouting cement slurry, then drilling and grouting or any other foundation
treatment shall be done by the contractor as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and
the payment will be as per the general contract document in respect of extra items.
Densities of the compacted foundation materials and the testing there of shall be in
accordance with relevant IS specification.
When unsuitable materials are encountered in the foundation for structure,
the Engineer-in-charge will direct additional excavation to remove the unsuitable
materials. The additional excavation shall be refilled as follows. The excavation in
soils, the over-excavation shall be filled in by selected bedding materials and
compacted. In excavation of rock it shall be filled by cement concrete M-7.5. No

- 99 -
Payment will be made for the over-excavation and the resulting backfill. Should
remains of old building be met with, the materials shall be removed with wedges and
levers. Blasting shall not be allowed, with out the permission in writing of the
Engineer-in-charge. If bad ground of loose soil is met with, the contractor shall be
responsible for reporting the fact to the Engineer-in-charge, who shall issue such
orders as may be necessary. For extra excavation, concrete and masonry arising from
bad ground, the contractors shall be paid for treating this as additional quantity as
per the contract rate of contract documents. All excavated earth which is unfit or
surplus to the requirements for filling in canal embankments etc. shall be spared, as
instructed by the Engineer-in-charge at the contractor’s expenses.
3.2.2 OVER EXCAVATION
If at any point in common excavation the foundation material is excavated
beyond the lines required to receive the structure, or if at any point in common
excavation the natural foundation material is disturbed or loosened during the
excavation process, it shall be compacted in place or where directed, it shall be
removed or replaced as follows. In excavation in soils and in rock, it shall be filled by
cement concrete M-7.5. Any and all excess excavation or over excavation performed
by the contractor for any purpose or reason except for additional excavation as may
be prescribed by the Engineer-in-charge and whether or not due to the fault of the
contractor shall be at the expense of the contractor. Filling for such excess excavation
or over excavation shall be at the expense of the contractor.
3.2.3 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS
All suitable material removed in excavation or as much thereof as may be
needed as directed by the Engineer-in-charge shall be used in the construction of
canal embankments, roadway embankments and for selected bedding materials or
for backfill and around structures. If there is an excess of material in the excavation,
it shall be used to strengthen the embankment on either side of the canal, deposited
in low areas uphill of the canal to eliminate trapped drainage or otherwise wasted as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The disposal of the excavated material shall be in
accordance with clauses 8.1 and 8.2 of BIS 4701-1982.
3.2.3.1 MEASUREMRENT FOR PAYMENT
Foundation for structures will be measured for payment, as per drawing with
due consideration for shuttering. The payment shall be made on volumetric basis for
the quantities excavated to the required extent.
3.2.3.2 PAYMENT
Payment for excavation for structures shall be made at the unit price per cubic
metre. The rate of excavation for structures shall include the cost of all labour and
materials and other temporary constructions, cost of all pumping and dewatering,
cost of all other work necessary to maintain the excavation in good order during
construction, cost of removing such temporary construction where required and shall
also include the cost of disposal of the excavated material.
3.2.4 BACK FILL
3.2.4.1 BACK FILL AROUND STRUCTURES
The item of the schedule for back fill around structures including pipe portions
of structures includes all back fill required to place under these specifications.
3.2.4.2 MATERIALS
The type of material used for backfill, the amount thereof and the manner of
depositing the material shall be subject to approval of Engineer-in-charge. In so far
as practicable backfill material shall be obtained from material removed from
excavation for structures. But when sufficient suitable material is not available from
this source or from adjacent canal excavation, additional material shall be obtained
from approved burrow areas. The burrow pit excavation shall be in accordance with
clauses 9.1 to 9.3 of B.I.S. 4701 - 1982.

- 100 -
Where sand filling is specified, the sand shall be clean, free from admixture of
foreign material and approved by the Engineer-in-charge before filling is commenced.
Should there be a necessity to fill in a basement with sea sand, prior written approval
of the Engineer-in-charge shall be obtained. Sand filling should be saturated with
water before the construction is allowed to proceed.
Filling around structures shall have well consolidated in layers of 15 cm. by
ramming with iron rammers and cut ends of crowbars. When filling reaches the
finished level the surface shall be saturated with water for at least 24 hours, allowed
to dry and then rammed and consolidated.
Except as otherwise provided below, backfill material to be compacted shall
contain no stones larger than 80 millimetres in diameter and if not be compacted
shall contain no stones larger than 130 millimetres in diameter. If the excavation for
the foundations of the structure is in swelling soils, a layer of cohesive non-swelling
(CNS) soil conforming to B.I.S. 9451-1985 should be interposed between the swelling
soil and the structure.
3.2.4.3 PLACING BACKFILL
Backfill shall be placed to the lines and grades shown on the drawings as
prescribed in this paragraph or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
The surface to receive the filling shall be first prepared free from all roots,
vegetation or spoil and wetted. All backfill shall be placed carefully and spread in
uniform layers so that all spaces around rocks and clods will be filled. Backfill shall
be brought up as uniformly as practicable on both sides of walls and all sides of
structure to prevent unequal loading. Backfill shall be placed to about the same
elevation on both sides of the pipe positions of the structures to prevent unequal
loading and displacement of the pipe. The contractor shall provide at least 60 (Sixty)
cm thick earth cover over the top of pipe to prevent damage from construction
equipment loads. If a haul road is built over a pipe, all backfill about and over the
pipe shall be placed to get a uniform surface and no humps or depressions will be
permitted at the pipe crossing.
3.2.4.4 STRUCTURES ON FILL
Where the original ground surface is below the base of a structure or below the
bottom of pipe, all fill required for the structure foundation and all fill up to the
bottom of the pipe shall be placed as compacted embankment. The embankment over
the natural ground up to pipe bottom and over the pipe shall be laid in accordance
with clauses 9.2.4, 9.2.5 and 9.2.6 of B.I.S. 783 code of practice for laying of concrete
pipe.
3.2.4.5 MEASUREMRENT AND PAYM ENT
Payment for backfill about structure will be made as provided in the unit price
bid in the bill of quantities which shall include cost of backfill about the structure up
to ground level. The cost of backfill shall be included in the applicable price bid in the
fill of quantities of contract for excavation of foundation of the structure for which
backfill is required.
3.3 DRILLING AND BLASTING
Blasting where required shall be permitted only when proper precaution have
been taken for the protection of persons and property in accordance with I.S. 4081 –
1967 (Indian Standard Specification for safety Code for blasting and related drilling
operations). While carrying out excavation, adequate precautions in accordance with
I.S. 3761-1966 (Indian Standard Specifications for safety Code for excavation work)
and in accordance with the Indian Explosives Act-1982 shall be taken.
All contractors who execute blasting operations in connection with works for
purpose of quarrying stones, road construction, excavating foundations, well sinking
or for any other purpose shall observe the rules and precautions as per standard
norms and any further additional instructions which may be given by the Engineer-
in-charge.

- 101 -
Blasting operation, when considered necessary shall be resorted to only with

the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Prior inspection shall be carried out
for the safety and stability of the public and property. Blasting operations in the
proximity of overhead power lines, communication lines, utility lines or other
structures shall not be carried on until the operator or the owner or both of such
lines have been notified and precautionary measures deemed necessary have been
taken.
Any damage to the neighbouring buildings, properties, standing crops, and life
due to blasting shall be made good by the contractor at his cost.
3.4 EMBANKMENTS
3.4.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACES UNDER EMBANKMENTS
The preparation of surfaces under embankment shall be in accordance with
clause 6.1 & 6.5 of IS 4701-1982.
Before commencing the work, the toe of the slope on each side of the Banks
shall be lock spitted (dog belled) and marked by pegs firmly driven into the ground at
intervals of about 15 meter. Profiles made by bamboos, earth, or other convenient
materials and strings shall be set up for the guidance of the workmen about 15
meters apart over straight reaches and about 7.5 meters apart at curves & payment
therefore will be made at the unit prices.
Except in areas of rock, the areas under canal embankments shall be pre-
wetted by sprinkling water before cleaning, grubbing or excavation operations or
construction of embankment begin. The moisture content shall be optimum to a
depth of one meter below the original ground surface or to impervious material
whichever less as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Whenever possible, all water
shall be added uniformly in one application. Areas, on the sides of the canal banks
upon which the Engineer-in-charge may direct spoil banks to be constructed will not
require application of water.
The contractor is cautioned to control carefully the application of water and to
check on the depth and amount of water penetration during application so as to
avoid over watering, accumulation of water in depressions or excessive run-off.
If at any location on embankment foundations, before and during
embankment construction, there is excessive moisture as determined by the
Engineer-in-charge; steps shall be taken to reduce the moisture by excavating drains,
by allowing adequate drain time or by any other approved means.
The contractor shall not be entitled for any additional allowance above the unit
prices bid in the schedule, on account of the requirement for allowing additional time
for drying, delays or increased costs due to poor traffic ability on the embankment,
foundations or on the haul roads, reduced efficiency of the equipment the contractor
elects to use or on account of any other operational difficulties caused by over wetting
of embankment, foundation or haul roads.
Where the ground surface under any embankment is not suitable as
determined by the Engineer-in-charge for a foundation for the embankment, the
contractor shall strip the area under the embankment of such unsuitable material to
such depth as may be directed. The material so removed shall be disposed off as
provided in paragraph 3.2.3. Measurement for payment of stripping unsuitable
materials under embankments shall be made only to the lines and to such depth as
may be directed and payment there off will be made at the unit prices per cubic meter
bid in the bill of quantities for excavation for canal/construction of embankment.
Before beginning the construction of embankments the surface area of ground
to be occupied shall be cleared of all roots and vegetable matter of any kind stripped
to a suitable depth. The stumps shall be pulled or otherwise removed, and the roots
grubbed. The stumps and roots removed shall be suitably disposed-off.
The depth to which top soil is removed shall be adequate to remove all
perishable material and any soil which may become unstable on saturation or may

- 102 -
interfere with development of proper bond between foundation and embankment. It is

not necessary to remove all the soil containing fine hair like roots but only heavy mat.
The underline table may offer as a guideline for finding depth of stripping.
Type of vegetable cover in the soil Depth of stripping.

1. Soil containing light grass cover 5.0 to 7.5 cm.
To bottom of ploughed zone
2. Agricultural Lands
15.0 to 20.0 cm.
The ground surface under all canal embankments excepting rock surface,
where it is below the full supply level in the canal shall be scarified making open
furrows not less than 20 (twenty) centimetres deep below natural ground surface at
intervals of not more than 1.0 (One) meter. However, where the ground surface is
below the bed level of the canal, the entire surface of the foundation of embankments
shall be stripped to a depth of not less than 20 (twenty) centimetres.
Immediately after preparation of the embankment foundation, the contractor
shall excavate cut-off trenches. Following this operation, as soon as feasible and as
approved by the Engineer-in-charge the contractor shall place and compact
embankment in the cut-off trenches and place one metre of embankment over the
entire embankment foundation and compact where required. This procedure will seal
the foundation against loss of moisture and provide some consolidation of the
foundation. Foundation surfaces under the canal embankments and other
embankments shall be scarified before laying earth.
Water applied for pre-wetting areas under the canal embankments and under
other embankments will not be measured for payment and shall be included in the
unit price bid per cubic metre in the bill of quantities for excavation for canal and
other embankments.
In case of existing canals and dams, where the slopes in canals and
embankment portions are to be modified, benching of slopes shall be done or old
bunds shall be sloped as directed by the Engineer-in-charge duly clearing the surface
area under slopes from all roots and vegetable matter and stumps shall be pulled or
otherwise removed and roots grubbed. The stumps and roots removed shall be
suitably disposed off.
The measurement of benching operation if done shall be done separately and
the payment shall be made at unit price per cubic metre bid in the bill of quantities
for that item.
3.4.2 CONSTRUCTION OF EMBANKMENTS
3.4.2.1 GENERAL
Canal and dam embankments shall be constructed to top widths and side
slopes as shown on the drawings duly providing for compacted allowance of two
centimetres per meter height of bank for settlement. The embankment shall be built
to heights as directed above those shown on the drawings. The top of all the
embankments shall be graded to be suitable for a road way in accordance with
subparagraph 3.4.2.2 and the top of other embankments shall be graded or scarified
as directed.
Before commencing over haul of material from the burrow area, levels of the
banks to be formed in the sections where the over hauled material is proposed for
construction of embankments shall be taken. After completing the construction of
embankment final cross section levels shall be taken and the volume shall be arrived
at and payment shall be made to that quantity only.
All materials shall be deposited in embankments so that cobbles, gravel and
boulders are well distributed through other materials and not nested in any position

- 103 -
within or under the embankment as enunciated in clause 6.4 of IS 4701 – 1982.

In area where required excavation does not furnish suitable or adequate
material for constructing embankment, material shall be obtained from area where
material in excess of that required to construct the adjacent embankment is
available.
Where the original ground surface is below the grade of the canal and where
construction of a fill below the bottom of the canal is prescribed, such fill shall be
placed as a compacted embankment. Where the original ground surface is below the
base of a structure, the fill required to form a suitable foundation for the structure
shall be placed as compacted embankment.
3.4.2.2 ROADS AND RAMPS
In conjunction with construction of canal embankments, the contractor shall
construct operate and maintain earth ramps adjacent to the canal and structures
where shown on the drawings and where directed at his own expense. Suitable
materials obtained from excavation shall be placed on embankment for the roads and
ramps. If sufficient material is not available from required excavation the Engineer-
in-charge may direct Excavation from burrow areas.
3.4.2.3 EMBANKMENTS NOT TO BE COMPACTED
Embankment not be compacted shall be formed conforming to clause 6.6.1 of
I.S. 4701-1982. The material for these embankments shall have optimum moisture
content before earth moving equipment is routed over the embankment. The
embankments shall be built in layers not exceeding 30 (thirty) cm in thickness.
Embankments shall be built in approximately horizontal layers carried across the
entire width of the embankments to the required slopes. Embankments shall not be
widened with loose materials dumped from the top. Embankments may be built by
excavation and hauling equipment or by excavating and hauling equipment shall be
made in horizontal layers and shall be kept as close to level as practicable. The travel
over the embankments during construction shall be routed so as to distribute the
compacting effect of the equipment to the best practicable advantage.
3.4.2.4 DEPOSITING
Spoil from the pits shall be deposited on bank to each section as are shown on
the relevant plans specified or ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. Ramming,
breaking clods and smooth surface sectioning shall not be necessary, but a spoil
bank with a neat straight toe, even slopes and even top surface shall be formed as
the depositing proceeds.
Embankment built by excavating machinery depositing the materials directly
from the excavation shall be made in horizontal layers having a thickness of 30
(thirty) cm. Finer portions of the materials excavated shall be placed in that part of
the embankment nearest to the water and coarser materials shall be placed in the
outer part of the embankment.
3.4.2.5 EMBANKMENT TO BE COMPACTED
The requirements for compacted embankments shall be as specified in section
3.5. All materials shall be placed, moistured and compacted as provided in Section
3.5. The materials used for compacted embankments shall be suitable materials as
determined by the Engineer-in-charge and shall be obtained from required
excavation. The materials shall conform to clause 6.4 of IS 4701-1982.
Before the materials for the 1st layer of embankment is placed, the foundation
of the embankment shall be prepared as provided in paragraph 3.4.1 and shall be
moistured and compacted in the manner herein after specified for each layer of
compacted embankment to be placed thereon. The embankments shall be compacted
to the elevation and to the top widths and side slopes shown on the drawings or
prescribed by the Engineer-in-charge.
The layers shall be placed in rows approximately parallel to the axis of the

- 104 -
bank. The base of embankment at every height is to be made to its full width of each
zone as shown in the drawing plus offsets of not less than 0.45 meters beyond the
finished profile on either side for compaction. No payment will be made for the off
sets or for the subsequent removal, and unit price quoted for the banking is deemed
to include this. No additions will be allowed to slope for the full design section of the
bank after the bank is raised. The embankment shall be compacted to at least 95%
proctors density using pneumatic tampers, frog rammers or vibratory plate
compactor or power roller.
Where the original ground surface is below the bottom of the canal (designed
bed level) and where a compacted fill below the bottom of the canal is prescribed,
such fill shall be placed as compacted embankment. Where the original ground
surface is below the base of structures or where sloping concrete walls or slabs
extend above the original ground surface and it is practicable as determined by the
Engineer-in-charge to construct the walls or slabs directly on earth foundation,
without intervening forms, compacted embankments shall be constructed to lines
and grades as directed to form suitable foundation for the structure of for the sloping
or slabs.
3.4.3 BURROW AREA
3.4.3.1 GENERAL.
All materials required for the construction of embankment and backfill for
cut-off trench and around the structures which are not available from excavation,
excavation for structure or from excavation of other ancillary works shall be obtained
from the designated burrow area after stripping as shown on drawing or as
designated by the Engineer-in-charge in consultation with field laboratory. The depth
of cut in all burrow areas shall be designated by the Engineer-in-charge and the cuts
shall be made up to such designated depths only. Haphazard exploitation of burrow
pits shall not be permitted. The type of equipment used and the operations in the
excavation of materials in burrow area shall be such as to produce the required
uniformity of the mixture of materials for the embankment. The contractor has to
arrange burrow earth at his own cost and responsibility. No compensation
whatsoever for change in limits and locations of the burrow areas and depth of cut
for getting suitable earth shall be paid to the contractor within a distance of 5 Km of
dumping place of embankments in most practical route. The burrow area shall not be
designated within a distance of five times the height of embankment from the toe.
Burrow pits shall be operated so as not to impair the usefulness or mar the
appearance of any part of the work or any other property. The surfaces of wasted
materials shall be left in a reasonably level and even condition.
3.4.3.2 PREPARATION OF BURROW AREAS
All areas required for burrowing earth for embankment shall be cleared of all
tree stumps, roots, bushes, rubbish and other objectionable materials. Adequate
lighting arrangement should be provided by the contractor.
Particular care shall be taken to exclude all organic matter from the materials
to be placed in the embankment. All cleared organic materials shall be burnt to ashes
or disposed-off as directed. The cleared areas shall be maintained free of vegetable
growth during the progress of the work. No payment shall be admissible for
preparation of the burrow areas indicated above as this is deemed to have been
included in unit bid price of earth work in the bill of quantities.
3.4.3.3 STRIPPING OF BURROW AREAS
Burrow area shall be stripped of top soil, sod and any other objectionable
materials to the required depths as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The work may be
done manually or with suitable machine. Stripping operations shall be limited only to
the designated burrow areas. Materials from stripping shall be disposed off in
exhausted burrow areas or in the approved adjacent areas as directed. No extra

- 105 -
payment shall be admissible for stripping the burrow areas as this is deemed to have
been included in the unit bid price for earth work in the bill of quantities.
3.4.3.4 BURROW AREA WATERING/ DEWATERING
Burrow area watering shall be done by the contractor at his own cost wherever
necessary preferably 48 hours in advance, so that materials may be carried with
adequate moisture and in the manner specified by the Engineer-in-charge.
The initial moisture content of the materials in the burrow areas shall be
estimated with the help of field laboratory tests. The optimum moisture content
required for the materials in any particular burrow areas shall be obtained from the
field laboratory. The additional moisture requirements as determined by the
laboratory test shall be introduced into the burrow areas by watering well in advance
of the excavation to ensure uniformity of moisture content. All care shall be taken to
reduce excessive moisture in any of the locations of a burrow area before or during
excavation to secure the materials with moisture content close to the optimum. To
avoid formation of pools in the burrow areas during excavation operation, drainage
ditches from burrow areas to suitable outlets shall be excavated, wherever necessary.
Upon exhausting of all materials or abandoning the burrow areas, the pits shall be
fully drained to ensure to ponding of water.
3.4.3.5 HAUL ROADS AND APPROACH ROADS
Construction and maintenance of approach roads, and haulage roads to
quarry area and burrow area will be the responsibility of the contractor. The
department will have full right of way to those roads for inspection purposes. Proper
roads sign as directed have to be provided for safety. For haulage of earth, the
contractor shall construct ramps and haul roads of sufficient width along the
shortest but most practicable route and shall maintain and illuminate them in a
satisfactory manner. Watering of the haul road shall be done by the contractor as
often as necessary to prevent rising of dust, formation of cuts and consequent
deterioration of the surface. When ever service roads meant for public thorough fare
run through or close to the burrow area, the contractor shall direct the excavation
and haulage operation in such a manner as to ensure uninterrupted use of the
service road and safety to the public. At the haul road and service road crossing, the
contractor shall install necessary cheek gates and road signs.
No extra payment is admissible as this is deemed to have been included in the
unit bid price for earth work in the bill of quantities being contingent to the main
work.
3.4.4 EARTH FILL MATREIALS
3.4.4.1 HOMOGENEOUS EARTHFILL
Dams and canal embankments shall be constructed to the top width and side
slopes as shown on the drawings. Suitable excavated materials available from the
canal cutting, proud cutting, removal of ramps and excavation for structures shall be
used for construction of banks. If suitable and adequate materials for constructing
embankment are not available from excavations, the desired materials shall be
obtained from burrow area designated for the purpose as per the instruction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
The planning for execution should be such that all the useful excavated
materials are utilized in embankment prior to utilization of burrow earth from
outside. The embankment earth shall be burrowed only after getting written
instruction of the Engineer-in-charge. Only suitable materials as per specification
shall be excavated, loaded and conveyed to the point of placement in the
embankment. Unsuitable materials if conveyed shall be removed and disposed clear
of the work site as directed by the Engineer-in-charge at the cost of the contractor.

- 106 -
3.4.5 PLACING EARTHFILL

3.4.5.1 LAYER THICKNESS
Construction of embankment shall begin at the toe of the fill and in no case
shall embankment be widened by materials dumped from the top. The materials shall
be placed in the earth fill in the continuous horizontal layers not more than 15 cm in
thickness after being rolled as herein specified.
The thickness of the layer shall be adjusted by the Engineer-in-charge; if the
contractor satisfies the Department that the particular type of compactors used by
him shall give the required density by carrying out trial compaction and requisite
tests. The thickness of horizontal layers after compaction shall not be more than 10
cm if compaction is performed by mechanical tampers, not more than 15 cm, if by
sheep foot roller and not more than 30 cm, if compaction is performed by vibratory or
pneumatic rollers or similar equipment. Initially the earth in the embankment fill
shall be laid in a greater width than the designed section. Adequate extra width of
about 0.45 m on either side of the embankment shall be provided, so that the earth
fill, up to lines of the finished slopes shall have the required compaction as per the
drawing and specification. Such extra width shall be trimmed & removed and utilized
in the upper layers of embankment along with slope dressing, for which no additional
payment shall be made as it is deemed to have been included in bid price of earth
work in embankment in the bill of quantities.
The inside proud section shall not be removed, if the lining work is not
included under the same contract. Such proud section made out of burrow earth
from outside only shall be paid as per bid price of the item in the bill of quantities. No
payment shall be made for compaction for such proud section left.
3.4.5.2 LAYING OF FILL
No fresh layer shall be laid until the previous layer is properly watered and
compacted as per the requirement. If in the opinion for the Engineer-in-charge, the
surface of the prepared foundation or the rolled surface of any layer of earth fill is too
dry or smooth to bond properly with the layer of materials to be placed thereon, it
shall be moistened or worked with harrow, scarifier or other suitable equipment in an
approved manner to a sufficient depth to provide a satisfactory bonding surface
before the next succeeding layer of earth fill materials is placed. If the rolled surface
of any earth fill is found to be too wet for proper compaction of the layer of earth fill
materials to be placed thereon, it shall be raked up and allowed to dry or be worked
with harrow, scarifier or any other suitable equipment to reduce the moisture content
to the required amount and then it shall be compacted before the next succeeding
layer of earth fill materials is placed.
3.4.5.3 COMPACTION OF LAYERS
The materials shall be deposited in rows parallel to the axis and spread in
the uniform layers and clods shall be broken to a maximum up to 5 cm. in thickness
or such thickness as directed by Engineer. The work of spreading and compaction
shall be so adjusted as to not to interfere with each other and in such a way that
neither of the operations is held up because of non completion of rolling and
watering. The excavation and placing operation shall be such that, the materials
when compacted shall be blended sufficiently to secure the best practicable degree of
compaction, impermeability and stability. If the work is held up due to failure of
machinery, no claim whatsoever shall be entertained even in case the machinery is
supplied by Department. The surface of banking shall at all time of construction be
maintained true to the required cross section.
During construction, a small transverse slope from centre towards edges
should be given to avoid pools of water forming due to rains.
3.4.5.4 COMPACTION NEAR STRUCTURES
When compacting, the soil against the rock abutment or walls of masonry or
concrete structures, the construction surface of the embankment shall be sloped

- 107 -
away from the rock or masonry or concrete structure leaving a minimum distance of
0.6 m and at an inclination of 3:1. If the foundation surface is too irregular to allow
the use of large roller directly against the structure or rock out crop, the roller shall
be used to compact the soil, as close to the structure or the out crop as possible and
the portion of the embankment directly against the rock or the structure shall be
compacted with pneumatic hand tampers in thin layers. The moisture content of the
earth fill placed against the rock or the structure shall be slightly above the optimum
to allow it to be compacted into all irregularities of the rock and this shall be
determined by the field laboratory. In placing the earth fill under rock foundation, the
foundation shall first be prepared as detailed earlier.
3.4.5.5 CARE IN LAYING FILATERS
Care shall be taken in placing the first layer of the fill above the filter layer so
that no damage is caused to the filter layer by the hauling machinery. Sheep foot
rollers shall not be employed for compaction over the filter, till the thickness of the
layer compacted by other means is greater by 30 cm. than the teeth of the roller
drum. The soil for the first layer shall be at moisture content sufficient to enable
satisfactory bonding of the fill with the filter surface.
3.4.6 WEATHER CONDITIONS
Embankment materials shall be placed only when the weather conditions are
satisfactory to permit accurate control of the moisture content in the embankment
materials. Before closing work on embankment, in any continuous reach prior to
setting of monsoon, the top surface shall be graded and rolled with a smooth wheeled
roller to facilitate run-off. Prior to resuming work, the top surface shall be scarified
and moistened or allowed to dry as necessary and approved by the Engineer-in-
charge for resumption.
The contractor shall provide suitable protection works to protect the slope
from corrosion due to rain water. No payment whatsoever shall be made for providing
such protection work and rectifying the monsoon damages.
3.4.7 MOISTURE CONTROL
The water content of the earth fill materials prior to and during compaction
shall be distributed uniformly throughout each layer of materials and it shall be
between -2% to +2% of the optimum moisture content. Moisture determination of soil
as well as needle moisture determination of soil shall be carried out as per I.S. 2720-
1983.
Laboratory investigations may impose some restriction on the lower limits of
the practicable moisture contents on the basis of studies on consolidation
characteristics of soil in embankment. Here in after the term, range of optimum
practicable moisture content shall refer to the value as described above. As far as
practicable, the materials shall be brought to proper moisture content in the burrow
area before excavation. If additional moisture is required it shall be added preferably
at the burrow area and only in limited cases/ extent if required, on the embankment
by sprinkling water before rolling of a layer. If more moisture is present than
required, the material shall be spread and allowed to dry before starting compaction.
Moisture control shall be strictly adhered to. The moisture content shall be relatively
uniform throughout the layer of material. If necessary, ploughing, disc harrowing or
blending with other materials may have to be resorted to obtain uniform moisture
distribution. If the moisture content is more or less than the range of optimum
practicable moisture content or if it is not uniformly distributed throughout the layer,
rolling and adding of further layer shall be stopped. Further work shall be started
again only when the above conditions are satisfied.
In order to have proper control of moisture content in the earth fill, no earth
work shall be done during rainy days. No compensation shall be made to the
contractor due to held up of work for rain or fog.

- 108 -
3.4.8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

3.4.8.1 MEASUREMENT
All works shall be measured by levels. For payments, the level books, field
books, the cross section sheets and calculation sheets shall be treated as adjuncts to
the measurement books. All linear measurement shall be in metres, correct to 0.01m,
and volume worked out in cubic meter correct up to 0.01 M3.
The quantities between the levels taken after stripping and cross sectional
levels taken after construction of consolidated embankments under OMC conditions
with the available useful excavation soils within the pay lines shall be worked out
excluding rip-rap, rock toe and filters. It shall be clearly understood that construction
of embankments to extra widths as specified in paragraph 3.4.5.1 and extra height
formed for shrinkage allowance as specified in paragraph 3.5.8 will not include for
payment.
The measurement for construction of consolidated embankment with the
materials obtained from the burrow areas shall be the difference between the net
quantities of the final compacted embankment section under OMC and net quantities
of the compacted embankment constructed with the suitable materials from all
excavations as specified above and in earlier paragraphs.
The final measurements and levels shall be taken at the cross sections
specified in paragraph 2.8 of the completed, compacted design section after the
slopes dressed to ensure that the work is completed as shown on the drawings plus
the settlement allowances. The measurement for computation of quantities shall not
include the extra section provided as per paragraph 3.4.5.1 and 3.5.8. The quantity
of compacted earth work utilising the materials from all excavations and compacted
materials utilising from the burrow area shall be worked out on the basis of cross
sectional areas of the pay lines and the difference between the cross sections.
3.4.8.2 RATE FOR PAYMENT:
The rate for embankment fill under item specified in schedule of quantities
shall include the entire cost for labour, materials, tools and plants, machinery,
taxes, excavation, transportation and incidental operation required for carrying out
and completing the item of work in accordance with the specification, drawing and
as directed by Engineer-in-charge including
(i) site clearance
(ii) setting out works
(iii) cost component of construction and maintenance of cofferdam with
diversion arrangements for allowing to flow the excess water in coffer dam
and removal of the same after completion of the work
(iv) clearing trees, stumps and bushes, grubbing and stripping of the burrow
area up to required depth and scarifying etc.
(v) marking out, providing and forming model section, look spitting, string
and stacks as may be considered necessary by the Engineer-in-charge to
guide the contractor in embankment construction
(vi) maintaining burrowing area free from vegetation growth, drainage
arrangement and moisture control including watering
(vii) loading, conveyance from designated burrow area, unloading and
spreading of suitable fill materials including re-handling
(viii) construction and maintenance of approach roads and haul roads
(ix) cutting and trimming the extra fill as specified in paragraph 3.4.5 and
dressing of the slope in paragraph 3.5.9

- 109 -
(x) restricted working near site of structures

(xi) settlement allowance as per paragraph
(xii) spreading in thinner layers at required places
(xiii) removal of unsuitable materials like bushes, roots, sods, other perishable
materials and pebbles etc. from the fill materials
(xiv) providing labour for testing of samples (cost of testing shall be borne by
the department)
(xv) the department might review the design, if necessary, on examination of
density test results and the contractor shall have no claim arising out of
such a review and consequent change, if any, in the design
(xvi) all safety measures.
3.5 COMPACTING EARTH MATEIALS
3.5.1 GENERAL
Where compaction of earth materials is required, the materials shall be
deposited in horizontal layers and compacted as specified in this paragraph. The
excavation, placing moistening and compacting operations shall be such that, the
materials will be uniformly compacted to the required density throughout the
required section, and will be homogeneous, free from lenses, pockets, streaks, voids,
laminations or other imperfections.
Having decided on the filling materials to be used, standard compaction test
will be conducted on the materials proposed for embankment to indicate best type of
equipment to be used and the moisture content at which compaction should be done,
thickness of layer and number of passes etc.
The following guide lines are prescribed for compaction of different height of
earth fill in canals.
3.5.1.1 EARTH FILL UP TO 5 M. HEIGHT:
When a finished reach of canal having an earth fill height up to 5 m is
subjected to natural compaction by rain and own weight for two seasons or more
before it carries irrigation water, no compaction is required to be done.
When it is expected to carry water just after one season, compaction by dozer
track chain is to be done. However this is not necessary, if the earth fill could be
subjected to profuse watering during laying of each layer.
If the canal will be used immediately for carrying irrigation water, compaction
by sheep foot roller or by any approved method shall be done.
Having decided on the filling materials to be used, standard compaction test
will be conducted on the materials proposed for the embankment to indicate the best
type of equipment to be used and the moisture content at which the compaction
would be done, thickness of the layers and number of passes etc.
3.5.1.2 EARTH FILL HEIGHT MORE THAN 5 M.
Canal reaches having earth fill height more than 5 m shall always be
compacted by any approved method of compaction.
3.5.1.3 MOISTURE CONTROL.
The water content of the earth fill material prior to and during compaction
shall be distributed uniformly throughout each layer of materials and it shall be
between ± 2% of the optimum moisture content. As far as possible and practicable,
the moisture content of the materials should be brought to required level by watering
of burrow area before excavation. If additional moisture is required, the same should
be sprinkled while laying the earth fill in layers. If the moisture content is greater
than required, the material shall be allowed to dry and if necessary, ploughing,
blending with other materials may have to be resorted to obtain uniform moisture

- 110 -
distribution. In order to have proper control of moisture in earth fill, no embankment

shall be constructed during rainy days.
3.5.2 COMPACTING CLAY AND SILTY MATERIALS.
Where compaction of earth materials containing appreciable amount of clay or
silt is required, the compaction shall be carried out in accordance with the clause
6.6.2 of IS 4701-1982. The materials shall be deposited in horizontal layers. The
thickness of each horizontal layer before compaction shall not be more than 25 cm.
(Loose layer) and the layer shall be to full width of the embankment. The excavating
and placing operation shall be such that the materials when compacted will be
blended sufficiently to secure the highest practicable density and best impermeability
and stability. If the surface of any compacted layer of earth fill is too dry or too
smooth to bond properly with the layer of materials to be placed thereon, it shall be
moistened and or scarified in an approved manner to provide a satisfactory bonding
surface before the next succeeding layer is placed. The entire roller used on any one
layer of fill shall be of the same type and same weight.
Prior to and during compaction operations, the embankment materials shall
possess optimum moisture contents as required in clause 6.6.4 of IS 4701-1982. The
embankment materials shall have optimum moisture content required for the
purpose of compaction and this moisture content shall be fairly uniform throughout
the layer. In so far as practicable the moistening of the material shall be performed at
the site of excavation but such moistening shall be supplemented as required by
sprinkling water at the site of compaction if necessary. If the moisture content is
greater than the optimum for compaction, the compaction operations shall be
delayed until such time as the materials has dried to the optimum moisture content
or to the level directed by Engineer-in-charge. The moisture content of soils shall be
determined in accordance with I.S 2720(Part-III) 1982.
If the moisture content is not within the limit described above, the compaction
operation shall not be proceeded except with the specific approval of the Engineer-in-
charge., until the materials has been wetted or allowed to dry out, as may be required
to obtain optimum moisture content, and no adjustment in price will be made on
account of any operations of any such operation of the contractor in wetting or drying
the materials or on account of any delays occasioned thereby.
When the materials has been conditioned as herein before specified, it shall be
compacted by rollers or by hand or power tampers. Where hand or power tampers are
used to compact soils in confined areas such as under pipes and at the joints of bank
connections with the structures, they shall be equipped with suitably shaped heads
to obtain the required density.
The dry bulk density of the soil portion in compacted embankment materials
shall be not less than 95% of the maximum dry bulk density at optimum moisture
content obtained in accordance with I.S. 2720 (Part-VI) 1980 Indian Code of Practice
for determination of moisture content, dry density relation using light compaction.
The dry density of soil in field shall be determined in accordance with I.S. 2720
(Part – XXVIII) 1974, Indian Code of Practice for determination of soil in place by sand
replacement or by I.S. 2720 (Part – XXIX) 1975 Indian Code of Practice for
determination of dry density of soils in place by the core cutter method.
Moisture content of soil shall be determined in accordance with I.S. 2720(Part-
II) 1973Indian Code of Practice for determination of moisture content.
The optimum moisture content is the moisture content that corresponds to the
laboratory maximum dry density determined in accordance with I.S: 2720 (Part – VII)
1974.
The above compaction tests will be conducted by contractor in the presence of
departmental officers at his cost and the contractor shall ensure compaction, till the
Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative is satisfied that the maximum
dry density at optimum moisture content is obtained and permits the laying of next

- 111 -
layer.
3.5.3 COMPACTING COHESIONLESS MATERIALS
Where compaction of cohesion less, free draining materials, such as sands and
gravels is required, the materials shall be deposited in horizontal layers and
compacted to the relative density specified below. The excavating and placing
operation shall be such that the materials when compacted will be blended
sufficiently to secure the best practicable degree of compaction and stability. Water
shall be added to the materials as may be required to obtain the specified density by
method of compaction being used.
As envisaged in clause 6.6.2.1 of IS 4701-1982 the thickness of the
embankment layer shall not exceed 25 cm. (loose layer) before compaction and it
should be spread over the full width of the embankment and compaction shall be
done by tampers or crawler tractors or vibrating rollers. If the compaction is
performed by Treads of crawler type tractor, surface vibrators or similar equipment,
the thickness of the layer before compaction shall not be more than 40 cm. If
compaction is performed by internal vibrators, the thickness of the layer shall not be
more than the penetrating depth of the vibrator.
As envisaged in clause 6.6.3.1of I.S. 4701-1982, the relative density of the
compacted materials shall not be less than 70%, when tested in accordance with
I.S.2720(Part-XIV) 1983 Indian code of practice for determination of density Index
(relative density)of cohesion less soils.
3.5.4 COMPACTION OF COHESIONLESS MATERIALS CONTAINING SOME CLAY
AND SILT
This sub-paragraph applies only to cohesion less materials and not to cohesive
materials. Cohesion-less materials containing clay and silt may not be free draining.
When compaction of cohesion-less materials containing clay and silt is required, the
materials shall be compacted to a dry density in accordance with either sub-
paragraph below, using whichever test that result in higher dry density of the
compacted materials in the placement.
Prior to and during compaction operation the materials shall posses optimum
moisture content as determined in accordance with clause 6.6.4.1 of I.S. 4701-1982
and the moisture content shall be uniform throughout each layer. Provided that the
moisture content is ensured as required in clause 6.6.4 of I.S. 4701-1982, the dry
density of soil portion in the compacted materials shall not be less than 95% of the
laboratory maximum soil dry density compacted. The field dry density shall be
determined in accordance with I.S. 2720(Part-XXVIII) 1974 or IS 2720 (Part XXIX)
1975.
The relative density of the compacted materials obtained shall be not less than
70% determined in accordance with clause 6.6.3.1 of I.S. 4701-1982. The moisture
content shall be maintained as per clause 6.6.4 of I.S. 4701-1982.
3.5.5 ROLLERS AND OTHER COMPACTING EQUIPMENT
As shown in Appendix C or IS 4701 – 1982 the following compacting equipment may
be used for compacting the soils shown against them as detailed below.
Suitable type of compacting

Major Division Sub-group
equipments.
1. Coarse Grained 1. Well Grained Gravel, Smooth wheel roller, Diesel road
Soils gravel and mixtures of rollers of 8 to 10 tones capacity,
little or no fines. pneumatic tyred roller and
vibrating smooth wheel roller.
2. Well graded gravel sand Smooth wheel roller, Diesel road
mixtures with excellent rollers of 8 to 10 tones capacity,
clay binder pneumatic tyred roller and

- 112 -
vibrating smooth wheel rol ler.
3. Uniform gravel with little -do-

or no fines.
4. Poorly graded gravel and -do-
gravel sand mixtures
little or no fines.
5. Gravel with fines, silty -do-
gravel, clayey gravel
poorly graded gravel sand
clay mixtures.
2. Coarse 1. Well graded sand and Heavy vibrating plate Frog
Grained Gravely sands, little or no rammer, power rammer and
soils, Sand & fines. power roller.
sandy clays. 2. Well graded sand with -do-
excellent clay binder.
3. Uniform sand with little -do-
or no fines.
4. Sands with fines silty -do-
sands, clayey sands,
poorly graded sand clay
mixtures.
3. Fine Grained 1. Silts (in organic) and very Smooth wheel roller, diesel Road
Soils, Soil fine sands rock flour, Rollers of 8 to 10 tones capacity,
having low silty or clayey fine sands power rollers, and pneumatic
compressibility with slight plasticity. tyred roller.
2. Clayey silts (inorganic) -do-
4. Soils having 1. Organic silts of low Sheep Foot Roller
medium plasticity
compressibility 2. Silty and sandy clays Frog rammer, power rammer
(Inorganic of medium
plasticity.)
3. Clays (inorganic of -do-
medium plasticity)
4. Organic clays of medium -do-
plasticity.
5. Soils having 1. Micaceous or Smooth wheel roller, diesel Road
higher diatomaceous fine sandy Rollers of 8 to 10 tones capacity
compressibility and silty soils, elastic and pneumatic tyred roller.
silts.
2. Clay (Inorganic) -do-
3. Organic clays of high -do-
plasticity.
The compacting equipment shall confirm to relevant India specification below.

1. Smooth wheeled roller should conform to IS 5502-1969
2. Sheep Foot roller should conform to IS 4661-1968
3. Pneumatic tyred roller should conform to IS 5501-1969
4. Vibratory plate compactor should conform to IS 5889-1970

- 113 -
5. Vibratory roller should conform to IS 500-1970

The methods of compaction shall conform to clause 7.2.1, 7.2.2.7, 2.3 of IS 4701-
1982
Unless otherwise specified compaction shall be done by mechanical
compactors like standard sheep foot roller hauled by dozer or tractor. While
specifications below provide that equipment of particular type and size is to be used,
the use of improved compaction shall be encouraged. Tamping rollers used for
compaction of earth fill shall conform to the following requirement.
A. ROLLER DRUMS:
Double drum sheep rollers shall be used for compaction. Each drum of a roller
shall have an outside diameter not less than 142.25 cm. And shall not be less than
122 cm. in length. The space between two adjacent drums when on level surface
shall not be less than 30 cm and not more than 38 cm. Each drum shall be free to
pivot about an axis parallel to the direction of travel.
B. ROLLER WEIGHT.
The weight of the roller when fully loaded shall not be less than 7091 Kg. and
the ground pressure when fully loaded shall not be less than 40 Kg/sq cm.
Appropriate equipment for hauling the rollers should be used which can pull the
rollers satisfactorily at a speed of 4 Km. Per hour when drums are fully loaded. The
space between the tamping feet shall be kept clear of material striking the drum as
the same can reduce the effectiveness of the tamping roller.
C. ROLLING.
When each layer of material has been prepared to have the proper moisture
content uniformly distributed throughout the materials, it shall be compacted by
passing the tampering roller. The exact number of passes for each layer to obtain
specific density shall be designated by Field Laboratory tests and tests conducted on
the burrowed material. The layers shall be compacted in strips overlapping not less
than 0.6 m. Rolling shall commence at edges and progress towards centre
longitudinally. The rollers of loaded vehicles shall travel in a direction parallel to the
axis of the canal. Turns should be made carefully to ensure uniform compaction.
Rollers shall always be pulled.
3.5.6 TAMPING
Roller will not be permitted to operate within one meter of concrete and
masonry structures in the following locations where compaction of the earth fill
materials by means of roller is impracticable or undesirable. The earth fill shall be
specially compacted as specified further below:
i. Portions of the earth fill in embankment adjacent to masonry structures
and embankment foundation designated on the drawing as specially
compacted earth fill.
ii. Earth fills in embankment adjacent to steep abutments.
iii. Earth fills at specially designated location.
Earth fill shall be spread in layers of not more than 10 (ten) cm in thickness when
loose and shall be moistened to have the required moisture content as specified.
When each layer of materials has been conditioned to have the required moisture
content, it shall be compacted to the specified density by special rollers, pneumatic/
hand tampers or by other approved methods. The moisture control and compaction
shall be equivalent to that obtained in the earth fill actually placed in the
embankment in accordance with specifications.
3.5.7 TESTING
Density tests shall be carried out after rolling to ascertain the state of
compaction which should be measured in terms of dry density. Standard proctor
density tests shall be carried out at regular intervals to account for variations in the

- 114 -
burrow area material. Not less than three tests shall be conducted to indicate
variation in the standard Procter density attained in the laboratory.
In case of determination of maximum Dry/ Bulk Density viz: proctor density and
optimum moisture content (OMC) are sometimes not easily feasible, particularly on the
jobs of strengthening of canal sections, then these values may be assumed as have
been outlined in table 2 of IS: 12169-1987 for calculating the compaction efficiency of
the compacted earth fill layers in terms of the percentage of Proctor Density.
Density tests shall be conducted from time to time at site to ascertain whether
compaction is attained as specified. For every 1500 cum of compacted earth fill, at
least one field density test shall be conducted. However, minimum four density tests
shall be made per day irrespective of quantity of earth work. In case, the tests show
that the specified densities are not attained, suitable action shall be taken either by
moisture correction or by additional rolling, so as to obtain the specified density
which shall be checked again by taking fresh tests at the same locations. The test
locations should be so chosen as to represent the whole layer under test. Each layer
should be tested for proper compaction before a fresh layer is allowed over it.
The density to be attained after compaction should be at least 95% of
proctor density predetermined by Laboratory tests. For strengthening of
channels, compaction should be done to 95% of the proctor density. In case of
non-cohesive soils the layers should be compacted to at least 65% relative
density.
3.5.8 SETTLEMENT ALLOWANCE
In the mechanically compacted earth fill, settlement allowance of 2% should be
provided. In case of earth fill of canal which has not been mechanically
compacted, settlement allowance at 10% should be provided & settlement
allowance shall be calculated after embankments are subjected to natural
compaction of one full monsoon rains. For short duration works, settlement
allowance at 16% should be provided & necessary adjustments are to be made
to take care of natural settlement due to rains. Extra height should be provided
taking the settlement into account. Settlement allowance at 2% should be provided
after embankments are subjected to natural compaction for two or more full monsoon
rains. The base width of the embankment shall not be increased to maintain the
design slopes indicated in the drawings for additional height as settlement allowance,
but the following procedure shall be adopted.
Settlement allowance shall be calculated at various levels and the elevation
including settlement allowance shall be derived keeping the embankment width at
the designated levels unchanged. The edges of the embankment at the increased
elevations (including settlement) when joined with the point where the slope has
changed earlier below, shall give the slope to be adopted for construction.
3.5.9 SLOPE DRESSING
The slopes of a particular reach of the canal which has been completed in the
manner described earlier shall be dressed neatly to the designated line and grade.
Extra earth works done at sides are to be dressed and reused in the embankment.
The costs of the compacting earth materials as described in this paragraph
shall be paid separately in the price bid in the bill of quantities for watering and
compacting earth work in dam/ canal embankment under these specifications. The
unit rate of this item shall be for unit volume of earth fill watered and compacted. No
extra payment shall be allowed for labourers engaged for collecting of samples for
testing and rectification during compaction as may be required.

- 115 -
3.6 SLOPE PROTECTION (Rip-Rap)

3.6.1 MATER1ALS
The stone required for rip-rap shall be in accordance with clause 4.1. of I.S:
8237-1967 Indian Code of practice for protection of slopes for Reservoir
embankments The stones for rip-rap shall be hard and durable and shall not
crumble on long exposure to water and air. The gravel protection shall be reasonably
well graded and shall conform to clauses 5.1, 5.1.1, 5.1.2, 5.1.3. and 5.2 of I.S: 8237-
1976. The thickness of the stone to be used in the rip-rap shall be in accordance with
clauses 6.3, 6.4 and 6.4.1 of I.S: 8237-1976 Indian code of practice for protection of
slopes for reservoir embankments.
The contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically stated in the contract be
responsible for payment wherever payable, of all import duties, tolls, octroi duties,
seignorages, quarry fees etc. on all materials and articles that he may use.
3.6.2 PLACING
The placing and laying of rip-rap with coarse gravel protection shall be, in
accordance with clause 6.1, 6.2, 6.2.1 and 6.2.2 of I.S: 8237-1985 in case the rip-rap
is hand placed rip-rap, and in accordance with clause 7.1, 7.2 of I.S: 8237-1976 in
case the rip-rap is dumped rip-rap.
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF HAND PLACED RIP-RAP
Expected Wave Height in m Minimum Thickness cm.

0 to 1.5 30
1.5 to 3.0 45
Larger than 3.0 60
RECOMMENDED RIP-RAP THICKNESS AND GRADATION
Range of Wave height Minimum/ Average Minimum Rip-Rap
in m Rock size in cm thickness in cm
0 to 1.5 30 60
1.5 to 3.0 40 75
Above 3.0 70 100
Measurement for payment of rip-rap or of coarse gravel protection shall be
made to the outlines of nominal thickness prescribed. Payment for rip-rap and coarse
gravel protection shall be made at the applicable unit price per cubic meter bid there
for in the bill of quantities for rip-rap and coarse gravel protection which unit price
shall include the cost of procuring or furnishing, hauling and placing the rock for rip-
rap or gravel for coarse gravel protection including the rock-spalls and gravel to fill
the voids in the revetment.
3.7 FORMING DRY RUBBLE ROCK-TOE
The dry rubble rock-toe along with filter shall be formed to the lines and
grades as shown in the drawing. The forming of dry rubble rock-toe filters consists of:
a. Excavation of foundation trench 45 cm deep for laying filters and forming
rock toe.
b. Laying of filters
c. Laying of graded metal filters and
d. Forming of dry rubble rock-toe.
3.7.1 MATERIALS
The filter materials should be composed of layers of fine sand, coarse sand and
hard rock aggregate of thickness specified in the plan and in schedule.
The fine and coarse sand used shall be composed of clean sand, well graded,
hard siliceous material, free from injurious amounts of dust, lumps of clay, soft or
flaky particles, shale, alkali, loam, mica or other deleterious substance. If the same

- 116 -
brought to the site is dirty, it must be washed thoroughly and cleaned with water so
as to get rid of all soluble impurities. The sand shall be screened and the fine and
coarse sand is stacked separately which materials shall conform to the gradation
specified as under.
The aggregate of 10 mm. to 75 mm. size rock fragments shall consist of broken
stone which are hard, dense and durable. The rock fragments shall be free of
disintegrated and decomposed stone, soft, flaky, salt, alkali, vegetable matter and
other deleterious substance like clay lumps etc. They should be washed clean and
stacked separately as per the gradation defined hereafter.
Almost all the quantities of rock chips and spalls required breaking for the
aggregate and which are obtained from the spoil of canal; rock blasting will be
available at site. It shall be incumbent upon the contractor to first utilise this
materials to the full and the recovery cost for the material used from such spoil from
canal excavation shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge, which is binding on the
contractor.
The gradation of each filter layer shall meet the following requirement with
respect to the materials in the adjacent filter layer. Each successive layer of material
shall be composed of particles such that the particle size of 15% of base materials
(15% smaller than and 85% larger than the diameter) is more than 5 times that of
15% size of the layer above.
The requirement for grading of the filters shall be established by the field
laboratory on the basis of mechanical analysis of the adjacent fill material.
Mechanical analysis shall be performed on samples which have been compacted. The
test has to be conducted by the contractor at his cost in the presence of
Departmental Engineers to be nominated by the Engineer-in-charge.
The following gradation is however tentatively and roughly indicated for the
Contractor’s information:
Fine Sand: At least 15% particles should be less than 0.3mm to 0.5mm in
diameter.
Coarse Sand: At least 15% particles should be less than 2.5mm to 3mm in diameter.
Aggregate: 10mm to 75mm with at least 15% particles are less than 20mm in
diameter.
3.7.2 ROCK-TOE
The rock fill at the down stream toe of the bank shall be constructed to the
finished lines and grades shown in the drawing. The stones used shall consist of
sound, dense and durable rocks and shall be reasonably well graded.
The rock fill shall be placed in layers not exceeding 0.30 meter thickness at a
time. The large rock fragments shall be placed in the outer faces of rock toe and shall
be closely and firmly set with hand with their broadest side down-wards and face
normal to the finished slope. At least 25% of these stones of the outer faces, should
be 300 mm in depth in normal to the slope and to be well embedded in the mass and
should be laid with breaking joints as far as possible, so as to secure a firm and
stable rock mass. For the sloping surface away from the embankment, interstices
between the adjacent stone on the slope shall be well filled with stones of the proper
size and tightly wedged by wooden mallets or crowbars to ensure firm packing to
result in a neat and well packed surface true to the finished slope. For earth side
slope, the surface stones need not be that wedged with small stones so as to allow
free drainage of the embankment. Profile of strings and pegs should be used to
ensure that rock-toe is done true straight and conform neatly to the designed slopes
throughout.
3.7.3 SLOPE AND BED FILTER TO ROCK-TOE
Slope and bed filter should be laid for the rock toe consisting of filter materials
of specified thickness and types shown in the drawings. The specification of the
materials mentioned shall be the same as given in paragraph 3.7.1 above. The

- 117 -
thickness of the various types of filter materials shall be specified in the plans.
Measurement and payment for filters shall be in the units of cubic meter. The
payment shall be made on the relevant unit price bid in bill of quantities and the unit
price shall include cost of furnishing, hauling of all materials and labour involved in
all the operations specified for formation of filters.
3.7.5 ROUGH STONE DRY PACKING FOR APRONS AND REVETMENTS
3.7.5.1 The bed or slopes to receive the packing shall first be prepared as specified
and passed by the Engineer-in-charge. In case where the work of preparation
of bed and slopes such as cutting out high bund, filling in hollows, etc., or
the digging of the well foundations is rather extensive, separate items should
usually be provided for such subsidiary kinds of work in the schedule of the
agreement. But if the work involved in such subsidiary item is very little, no
separate provision need to be made and in the absence of such provision, the
contractor shall understand that his tender rate is inclusive of all such work
without extra charge. If the backing is to be laid on made up ground which is
objectionable, it shall, so far as possible, not to be laid till the ground has
completely settled. If a backing of gravel, quarry rubbish or other material is
to be given, it shall be specified in a separate schedule item.
3.7.5.2 The size of the stone to be used for dry stone revetment should be of 225
mm. to 300 mm. thick or as specified.
3.7.5.3 The stone shall be perfectly sound, as regular in shape as possible, free from
cracks and decay and with their length equal to the thickness of the required
apron or revetments and each stone shall not be less in size than 0.03 cubic
meters unless other wise specified or order by the Engineer-in-charge.
Having regard to the nature of the stone along quarried, the smaller size
stones required for filling in interstices and wedging shall only be supplied to
the actual requirements for the work as defined in hereunder and shall not
be used in two or three layers as a substitute for the full thickness stone
specified in following clauses. The stone shall be obtained from the approved
quarry.
3.7.5.4 The stones shall be laid closely in position on the prepared bed and firmly set
with their broadest end downwards, so that they may meet all round their
bases and with the top of the stone, level with the finished surface of
packing. The stone shall be laid breaking joints so far as possible in the
direction of the flow of water. The stones are to be placed perpendicular to
the finished surface ie perpendicular to the slope for revetments.
3.7.5.5 Interstices between adjacent stones shall be filled in with stones of the
proper size, well driven in with crowbars to ensure tight packing and
complete filling of all interstices. Such filing shall be carried simultaneously
with the placing in position of large stones and shall in no case be permitted
to fall behind. The final wedging shall be done only after obtaining the orders
of the Engineer-in-charge. The final wedging shall be done with the largest
sized chip practicable, each chip being well driven home with a hammer so
that no chip is possible of being picked up or removed by hand.
3.7.5.6 Profiles of strings and pegs are to be put up to ensure that the pitching is
done true straight and to proper slope throughout and revetment are in all
cases to be built up from the foot of the bund. Care is necessary that, a
strong toe wall or other protection is always given to the revetment, of which
protective measures shall be shown on the plans.
3.7.5.7 On the completion, the surfaces presented by the aprons or revetments shall
be even throughout, free from irregularities to the required length, breadth
and slope as specified in the plans.

- 118 -
3.7.5.8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Measurement and payment for rough stone dry packing for aprons and
revetments will be in the units of cubic meter. The payment shall be made on the
relevant unit price bid in bill of quantities and the unit price shall include cost of
furnishing, hauling of all materials and labour involved in all the operations specified
for rough stone dry packing.
***
SECTION - 4
CONCRETE WORKS
4.0 CONCRETE STRUCUTRES
Concrete in structures shall conform to the requirements of paragraphs 4.1.1.
4.1 CONSTRUCTION OF STRUCTURES
The item of the schedule for concrete in the structures includes all cast-in-
place concrete in the structure. Concrete to be Cast-in-place for all the structures
shall conform to the requirement of section 4.2 below. Pipe and fitting of
miscellaneous metalwork, mechanical and electrical equipment and other items
forming a part of the structures are provided for elsewhere in these specifications.
The structures shall be built to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on
the drawings. The dimensions of each structure as shown on the drawings will be
subject to such modifications as may be found necessary by the Engineer-in-charge
to adapt the structure to the conditions disclosed by the excavation or to meet other
condition. Where the thickness of any portion of a concrete structure is variable, it
shall vary uniformly between the dimensions shown.
Where necessary, the contractor shall be furnished with additional detail
drawings of the structures to be constructed as determined by the Engineer-in-
charge. The contractor will not be entitled to any additional allowances above the
price bid in the bill of quantities by reason of the dimensions fixed by the Engineer-
in-charge or by reasons of any modifications or extension of a minor character to
adopt a structure at site.
The cost of furnishing of all materials and performing all work for installing
timber, metal and other accessories for which specific price are not provided in the
schedule, shall be included in the applicable prices bid in the schedule for the work
to which such items are appurtenant.
4.2 GENERAL CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS
4.2.1 COMPOSITION
Concrete shall be composed of cement, sand, coarse aggregate, water,
admixtures (if any) as specified and all will be mixed in batching plant by weight or
by concrete mixers by volume and brought to the proper consistency. Batching plant
shall conform to IS: Code 4925-1968.
For works in which water tightness is required the specification in IS: 3370-
1965 Para 1 to 10 shall be adopted.
4.2.1.1 MIXING:
Concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer and shall be as dense as
possible, plastic enough to consolidate, well and stiff enough to stay in place on the
slopes.
Mixing shall be continued until there is a uniform mixing of the materials and
the concrete is uniform in colour and consistency. The time of mixing shall be as
shown in table-1 of IS 457-1957 reproduced below.
Minimum time for Mixing
Capacity of Mixer
Natural Aggregates Manufactured Aggregates.
All mixers 2 minutes 2-1/2 minutes.

- 119 -
4.2.1.2 NOMINAL MAXIMUM SIZE OF AGGREGATES:

Sizes of aggregates shall conform to IS: 383-1970. The coarse aggregates to be
used in concrete shall be as large as practicable, consistent with required strength,
spacing of reinforcement and embedded items and placement thickness. The size of
the coarse aggregates to be used will be determined by the Engineer-in-charge and
may vary incrementally according to the conditions encountered in each concrete
placement. Nominal maximum size of aggregates for concrete in structures and canal
lining shall be as indicated in the relevant drawings appended to the contract
documents. When proper placement of concrete is impracticable with the size of the
aggregate specified in the drawings, smaller coarse aggregates than specified shall be
used as per the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge.
4.2.1.3 MIX PROPROTIONS:
The proportions of various ingredients to be used in the concrete for different
items of the work are given in the bill of quantities. In proportioning concrete, the
quantity of both cement and aggregate should be determined by volume. Water shall
be either measured by volume in calibrated tanks or weighed. Batching plant shall
conform to IS: 4925-1968 (Indian Standard Specification for batching and mixing
plant). All measuring equipments shall be maintained in a clean serviceable condition
and their accuracy periodically checked. Adjustment shall be made as directed to
obtain concrete having suitable workability, impermeability, density, strength and
durability without the use of excessive cement. The acceptance or rejection of
concrete shall be as per the acceptance criteria laid down in clause-16 of IS: 456-
2000.
The water cement ratio exclusive of water absorbed by the aggregate shall be
sufficiently low to provide adequate durability in concrete. The water cement ratio of
various grades of concrete shall be as determined and ordered by the Engineer-in-
charge. Admixture of Pozzolana, if ordered, shall conform to the requirements
specified in IS: 9103-1979 (Indian Standard Specification for Admixtures for
concrete).
4.2.1.4 CONSISTENCIES:
The slump of concrete at the placement shall be as follows:
Sl. Degree of
Place condition Value of workability.
No. workability
1. Concreting of light reinforced Medium 25mm to 75mm slump
sections without vibration or for 20 mm aggregate.
heavily reinforced section with
vibrations.
2. Plain concrete work -do- -do-
3. Lining with slip form machine for -do- 60 to 70 mm slump
concrete paver finish
If the specified slump is exceeded at the placement, the concrete is

unacceptable. The Engineer-in-charge reserves the right to require lesser slump
whenever concrete of such lesser slump can be consolidated readily into place by
means of vibration specified by the Engineer-in-charge. The use of equipment, which
will not readily handle and place concrete of the specified slump will not be
permitted.
To maintain concrete at proper consistency, the amount of water and sand
batched for concrete shall be adjusted to compensate for any variation in the
moisture content or grading of the aggregates as they enter the mixer. Addition of
water to compensate for stiffening of the concrete after mixing and before placing will
not be permitted. Uniformity in concrete consistency from batch to batch will be
required.

- 120 -
4.2.2 CONCRETE QUALITY CONTROL MEASURES AND QUALITY ASSURANCE

TESTS
4.2.2.1 CONCRETE QUALITY CONTROL MEASURES
a. The contractor shall be responsible for providing quality concrete to ensure
compliance of the contract requirements.
b. Making and cutting concrete test specimens in the field will conform to IS 516-
1959
c. Capping cylindrical concrete specimens will conform to IS 516-1959
d. Compressive strength of concrete specimens will conform to IS 516-1959.
4.2.2.2 SAMPLING PROCEDURE AND FREQUENCY
a. A random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that each concrete
batch has a reasonable chance of being tested i.e. the sampling should be
spread over the entire period of concreting and should cover all mixing units.
b. FREQUENCY : The frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be in

accordance with the following-
Quantity of concrete in cum Number of samples.

1 to 5 1
6 to 15 2
16 to 30 3
31 to 50 4
51 and above. 4 plus one additional sample for
every 50 cum or part thereof.
Note: At least one sample shall be taken during each shift.
4.2.2.3 TEST FACILITIES
The contractor should supply in free of cost, the samples of all the ingredients
of concrete used in the work for the test to be conducted by the Engineer-in-charge or
any officer nominated by him.
4.2.2.4 CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH DRAWINGS AND DATA
Not less than 30 days prior to start of installation of the contractor’s plant and
equipment for processing, handling, transporting, storing and proportioning concrete,
the contractor shall submit its drawings and data to the Engineer-in-charge for
approval, showing the arrangement of plant etc. The drawing and data shall provide a
description in sufficient details for an adequate review of the facilities and equipment
the contractor proposes to provide at site of work.
4.2.3 CEMENT
4.2.3.1 GENERAL
Cement shall conform to clause 5.1 to 5.1.3 of IS 456-2000 for the purpose of
specifications. Cement used shall be any of the following with the prior approval of
the Engineer-in-charge.
a. 33 grade Ordinary or low heat Portland cement conforming to IS: 269-
1989
b. Rapid hardening Portland cement conforming to IS: 8041-1990
c. Portland slag cement conforming to IS: 455-1989
d. Portland Pozzolana cement conforming to IS: 1489-1991
e. 43 grade ordinary Portland cement conforming to IS: 8112-1989
f. Hydrophobic cement conforming to IS: 8043-1991
g. 53 grade Ordinary Portland cement conforming to IS: 12269-1987

- 121 -
The provisions of this paragraph apply to cement for use in cast in place
concrete required under these specifications. Portland cement required for items
such as concrete pipes, pre-cast concrete structural members and other pre-cast
concrete products for grout and mortar and for other items provided for, under
appropriate paragraph of these specifications covering items for which such Portland
cement is required.
The contractor shall make his own arrangements for the procurement of
cement to required specifications required for the work. Transportation from the
place of supply to the batching plant shall be in weather-tight rail cars, trucks,
conveyors and other means, which will protect the cement completely from exposure
to moisture. Immediately upon receipt at the jobsite, bulk cement shall be stored in
dry, weather tight, properly ventilated bins until the cement is batched. The bins
shall be emptied and cleaned by the contractor when so directed by the Engineer-in-
charge. However, the intervals between required cleaning will normally be not less
than 6 months. Each shipment of bagged cement shall be stored separately so that it
may readily be distinguished from other shipment and shall be stored in a dry
enclosed area protected from moisture. Storage of materials shall be as described in
IS: 4082-1996 (IS recommendation on staking and storage of construction materials
at site). To prevent under-aging of bagged cement after delivery, the contractor shall
use bags of cement in the chronological order in which they were delivered to the job
site. All storage facilities shall be subject to approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
4.2.3.2 ACCEPTANCE OF CEMENT.
Cement shall be supplied by the contractor according to clause 10.1 of IS:
269-1989.
4.2.3.3 ACCEPTANCE OF POZZOLANA:
Pozzolana added to the concrete as an admixture shall be sampled and tested
as per IS: 9103-1999.
4.2.3.4 RECOVERY OF COST OF CEMENT IN WASTED CONCRETE ETC:
The cost of cement used in wasted concrete in replacement of damaged or
defective concrete and extra concrete required because of over excavation and in
concrete placed by the contractor in excavations intentionally performed to facilitate
the contractor’s operation shall be borne by the contractor himself. No extra payment
shall be made to the contractor for such additional quantity.
4.2.4 ADMIXTURES
The contractor shall use air-entraining admixtures as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. Admixtures shall be of uniform consistency and quality and shall
be maintained at the job site at uniform strength of solution. Admixtures shall be
batched separately in liquid form in containers capable of measuring at one time the
full quantity of each admixture required for each batch. Chemical admixtures, which
harm the quality and strength of concrete, shall not be used in the concrete.
4.2.5 WATER
The water used in making and curing of concrete mortar and grout shall be
free from objectionable quantities of silt, organic matter, injurious amounts of oils,
acids, salts and other impurities etc. as per IS specification 456-2000.
The Engineer-in-charge will determine whether such quantities of impurities
are objectionable. Such determination will unusually be made by comparison of
compressive strength, water requirement, time of set and other properties of concrete
made with distilled or very clean water and concrete made with the water proposed
for use. Permissible limits for solids when tested in accordance with IS: 3025-1964
shall be as tabulated below:

- 122 -
4.2.5.1 PERMISSIBLE LIMITS FOR SOLIDS IN WATER

1. Organic solids :Maximum permissible limit 200 mg/l.
2. Inorganic solids :300 mg/l.
3. Sulphate (as SO4) :500 mg/l.
4. Chlorides (as Cl) :2000 mg/l for plain concrete work and 1000 mg/l for RCC
work.
5. Suspended matter :2000 mg/l.
The pH value of water shall generally be not less than 6 (six).

If any water to be used in concrete mortar or grout is suspected by the
Engineer-in-charge of exceeding the permissible limits for solids, samples of water
shall be obtained and tested by the Engineer-in-charge in accordance with IS: 3025-
1964.
4.2.6 SAND (FINE AGGREGATE)
4.2.6.1 GENERAL
The term sand is used to designate aggregate most of which passes 4.75 mm
IS Sieve and contains only so much coarser material as permitted in clause 4.3 of IS:
383-1970. Sand shall be predominantly natural which may be supplemented with
crushed sand to make up deficiencies in the natural sand grading.
All sand shall be procured by the contractor from approved sources. Sand as
delivered to the batching plant shall have uniform and stable moisture content.
Determination of moisture content shall be made as frequently as possible; the
frequency for a given job being determined by the Engineer-in-charge according to
weather conditions following IS: 456-2000.
4.2.6.2 QUALITY:
The sand shall be clean, dense, durable, uncoated rock fragments as per IS:
383-1979. Sand may be rejected if it fails to meet any of the following quality
requirements:
FINENESS: The fineness modulus of sand shall be between 2.20 to 3.20.
ORGANIC IMPURITIES IN SAND:
Colour, no darker than the specified standard in clause 6.2.2.of IS: 2386 Part II 1963
(Indian Standard method of test for aggregates of concrete Part II estimation of
deleterious materials and organic impurities)
Sand shall be screened before use. If sand brought to site is not clean, it must be
washed clean in water. Fine draft sand or sea sand or sand containing saline
impurities shall on no account to be used.
SODIUM SULPHATE TESTS FOR SOUNDNESS:
The sand to be used shall pass Sodium or Magnesium Sulphate accelerated test as
specified in IS: 2386(Part-V) 1963 for limiting loss on weight.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY:
The sand to be used shall have minimum specific gravity of 2.4
DELETERIOUS SUBSTANCE:
The amount of deleterious substances in sand shall not exceed maximum permissible
limits prescribed in table-1, clause 3.2.1 of IS: 383-1970 (Indian Standard
Specification for coarse and fine aggregates form natural source for concrete) when
tested in accordance with IS: 2386-1963.
4.2.6.3 GRADING
The sand as batched shall be well graded and when tested by means of
standard sieves, shall conform to the limits given in table-4 of IS: 383-1970 and shall
be described as fine aggregates, Grading zones, I, II, III and IV. Sand complying with

- 123 -
the requirements of any of the four grading zones is suitable for concrete. However,
sand conforming to the requirements of grading zone IV shall not be used for
reinforced cement concrete work.
Sieve analysis of natural sand shall conform to the following limits of gradation.
Percentage of passing on Sieve
I.S. Sieve size Grading Grading Zone-II Grading Zone-III
Zone-I
4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-100
2.36 mm 60-95 75-100 85-100
1.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100
600 micron 15-34 35-59 60-79
300 micron 5-20 8-30 12-40
150 micron 0-10 0-10 0-10
It is recommended that the sand conforming to grading zone-I to III is suitable for
use.
4.2.7 COARSE AGGREGATES:
4.2.7.1 GENERAL
For the purposes of these specifications, the term “Coarse Aggregate” designate
clean well graded aggregates, most of which is retained on 4.75 mm. I.S: Sieve and
containing only so much finer materials as permitted for various types described
under clause 2.2. of IS: 383-1970. Coarse Aggregate for concrete shall consist of
uncrushed stone, or crushed stone and partially uncrushed and crushed stone.
Coarse Aggregates for concrete shall be procured by the Contractor from the
approved quarries. The contractor shall, unless otherwise specified in the tender
notice and subsequently on this basis in the contract, be responsible for payment of
seignorages, quarry fees etc. on all materials.
Coarse aggregates as delivered to the batching plant shall generally have
uniform and stable moisture content. In case of variations, clause 9.2.3 of IS 456-
2000 shall govern during batching.
4.2.7.2 QUALITY
The coarse aggregate shall consist of naturally occurring (crushed or
uncrushed) stones, and shall be hard, strong, durable, clear and free from veins and
adherent coating, and free from injurious amounts of disintegrated pieces, alkali,
vegetable matter and other deleterious materials. Coarse aggregate not conforming to
any of the following requirements, shall be rejected.
LOS ANGLES ABRASION TEST
The abrasion value of aggregates when tested in accordance with the method
specified in IS: 2386 (Part IV)-1963 using Los Angles machine, shall not exceed 30%
for aggregates to be used in concrete for wearing surface and 50% for aggregates to
be used in other concrete.
AGGREGATE CRUSHING STRENGTH TEST
Aggregates crushing value, when determined in accordance with IS: 2386 (Part IV)-
1963 shall not exceed 45% for aggregates used for concrete other than wearing
surface and 30% for wearing surfaces. As an alternative to the crushing strength test
of aggregates, impact value shall be found out with the method specified in IS: 2386
(Part IV)-1963. The aggregates impact value shall not exceed 45% by weight for
aggregates used for concrete for other than wearing surfaces and 30% by weight for
concrete for wearing surface such as runways roads and pavements.

- 124 -
SOUNDNESS TEST
The coarse aggregates to be used for all concrete works shall pass a Sodium or
Magnesium Sulphate accelerated soundness test specified in IS: 2386 (Part V)-1963
and the average loss of weight after 5-cycles shall not exceed the limits specified in
clause 3.6 of IS: 383-1970.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
The coarse aggregates shall have specific gravity of 2.60 minimum.
DELETORIOUS MATERIALS
The maximum quantity of deleterious materials in coarse aggregates shall not exceed
the limits specified in Table of I.S: 383-1970 when tested in accordance with IS:
2386-1963.
4.2.7.3 SEPARATION
The coarse aggregates shall be separated into nominal sizes during production
of the aggregates. Just prior to batching, the coarse aggregates shall be re-washed by
pressure spray and finish screened on multi-desk vibrating screen capable of
simultaneously removing undersized and over sized aggregate from each of the
nominal aggregate. Aggregates entering the batches occur during intermittent
batching then a dewatering screen will be required after the finish screens to remove
the excess free moisture. Finish screens shall be mounted over the batching plant or
on the ground adjacent to the batching plant. Finish screens shall be so mounted
that, the vibration of the screen will not be transmitted to the batching bins or scales
and will not affect the accuracy of the weighing equipment in any other manner.
The method and rate of feed for finish screening shall be such that, the
screens are not over-loaded and result in a finished product, which meets the grading
requirements of these specifications. Coarse aggregate shall be fed to the finish
screens in a combination of alternations of nominal sizes, which will not cause
noticeable accumulation of poorly graded coarse aggregates in any bin. The finish-
screened aggregates shall pass directly to the individual batching bin in such a
manner as to minimize breakage. Below 2.36 mm. materials passing through the
finish screens shall be wasted unless it is routed back through a sand classifier in a
manner, which causes uniform blending with the natural sand being processed.
Water from finish screening shall be drained in such a manner as to prevent
aggregate wash water from entering the batching bins and weighing hoppers washing
and finish screening requirements shall be subject to approval by the Engineer-in-
charge.
Coarse aggregates for concrete shall be separated into various nominal
maximum sizes specified in the relevant paragraph. Separation of the coarse
aggregate into the specified sizes after finish screening shall conform to the grading
requirements specified in Table-2 of IS 383-1970 when tested in accordance with IS:
2386 (Part II)-1963 (Method of test for aggregates for concrete part I) particles size
and shape.
Coarse aggregate for mass concrete may be separated as previously herein
specified. Separation of the coarse aggregates into the various sizes shall be such
that when tested in accordance with IS 2386 (Part I) 1963 shall conform to the
requirements specified in Table 3 of IS 383 – 1970.
Sieves used in grading tests shall be standard mesh sieves conforming to IS
460 (Part I) 1978 (specification for test sieves part I wire cloth test sieves)
4.2.8 PRODUCTION OF SAND AND COARSE AGGREGATE
4.2.8.1 GENERAL
Sand and coarse aggregate for concrete and sand for mortar and grout shall be
obtained by the contractor from the approved sources. The approval of deposits by

- 125 -
the Engineer-in-charge shall not be construed as consisting of the approval of all or

any specified materials taken from the deposits and the contractor will be responsible
for the specified quality for all such materials used in the work.
Tests performed on samples of sand and coarse aggregate obtained from the
approved sources mentioned in the contract documents indicates that they are
generally suitable. Well in advance of their usage on the works, the contractor shall
have his own testing of materials and satisfy himself that they conform to the
specification mentioned here in for use in the works.
No separate payment will be made for such tests. If sand and coarse aggregate
are to be obtained from a deposit not previously tested and approved by the
Engineer-in-charge, the contractor shall submit representative samples for pre-
construction test and approval not less than 60 days before the sand and coarse
aggregates are required for use. Each sample shall approximately consist of 100 Kg.
of material. In addition to pre-construction tests for the approval of deposits, the
Engineer-in-charge may test the aggregates for their suitability during their
processing. The contractor shall provide such facilities as may be necessary for
procuring representative samples free of cost at the aggregate processing plant and at
the batch plant or mixing platform.
However, use and development of any such deposit shall be subject to the
approval by the Engineer-in-charge. Any royalties (seignorages or other charges)
required for the materials taken from deposits either owned by the State Government
or controlled by the Department of Mines and Geology, Govt. of India or owned by
any other person shall be paid by the contractor.
4.2.8.2 DEVELOPING AGGREGATE DEPOSITS
If the deposit is owned by the State Govt. and controlled by the department of
Mines and Geology, the portion of the deposit used shall be located and operated so
as not to detract the usefulness of the deposit or any other property of the
Government and so as to preserve, in so far as practicable, the future usefulness or
value of the deposit. The contractor shall carefully clear the area of deposit from
which the aggregates are to be produced, free from trees, roots, bushes, sods, solid
unsuitable sand, gravel and other objectionable matter. Materials including stripping,
removed from deposits owned by the Government, controlled by the Director of Mines
and Geology, Government of India, and not used in the work covered by these
specifications shall be disposed-off as directed.
Due to the overall construction programme, it is quite likely that more than
one contractor may elect to use of the sources named in the contract document. The
contractor shall be responsible for coordinating his work such that it does not
interfere with the operations of other contractors who are also using any given
source.
4.2.8.3 PROCESSING RAW MATERIALS
Processing of the raw materials shall include screening and washing as
necessary to produce sand and coarse aggregate conforming to the requirements of
paragraph 4.2.6 and 4.2.7. Processing of aggregate produced from any source owned
by the State Government and controlled by the Department of Mines and Geology
shall be done at an approved site. Water used for washing aggregate shall be free
from objectionable quantities of salts, organic matter and other impurities. Oversize
metal may be crushed to correct aggregate particle size and excess material in
individual coarse aggregate size fractions may be crushed to give the largest practical
yield of usable concrete aggregate.
Suitable types of crushers shall be used with the prior approval of the
Engineer-in-charge for producing coarse aggregates. Crusher fines produced in the
manufacture of coarse aggregates may be used in sand. Crushed stone, sand,
crushed gravels and crusher fines if used shall be predominantly cubical in shape
and shall be blended uniformly with natural sand by routing them together through

- 126 -
sand classifier. Crusher coarse aggregate shall be blended uniformly with natural
coarse aggregate by routing both together through the classifying screens.
In the process of developing and producing aggregates from approved sources
for work under these specifications, the provisions of environmental quality
protection shall apply.
4.2.8.4 COST
This shall be included in the applicable price bid in the schedule for concrete,
filter and other works in which the aggregates are used of which prices shall include
the cost for stripping, producing and transporting & storing the materials. The
contractor shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for materials wasted
from a deposit including crushed fines and materials, which have been discarded by
the reasons of being above the maximum size specified for use or for any other
reasons.
4.2.9 BATCHING
The contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-charge 24 hours before batching of
concrete. Unless inspection is waived in each case, batching shall be performed only
in the presence of an Engineer authorized by Engineer-in-charge.
The contractor shall provide, maintain, and operate the equipment as required
to accurately determine and control the prescribed amounts of the various materials
entering the concrete mixtures. The quantities of cement, sand and each size of
coarse aggregate entering each batch of concrete shall be determined by individual
volume measurement or by weight as the case may be. Cement has to be weighed/
measured in volume separately from the aggregates. Sand and coarse aggregates may
be weighed with separate scale and hoppers.
The grading of aggregates shall be controlled by obtaining the coarse aggregate
in different sizes and blending them in the right proportions, the different sizes being
stacked in separate stock piles, the materials shall be stock piled a day before use.
The grading of coarse and fine aggregates will be checked as frequently as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge. Water shall be added by weight or measured by volume in
calibrated tanks. The amount of added water shall be adjusted to compensate for any
observed variations in the moisture contents. Determinations of moisture content in
the aggregate shall be in accordance with IS: 2386 (Part III) 1963 (Indian Standard
Method of test for aggregate of concrete Part III). The amount of surface water carried
by aggregates will be determined in accordance with Table-5 of IS: 456-2000.
Cement and aggregates are hauled from a central batching plant to the mixer.
Each batch shall be protected during transit to prevent loss and to limit the pre-
hydration of cement. Separate compartments with suitable covers shall be provided
to protect the cements or they shall be completely enfolded in and covered by the
aggregates to prevent wind loss. If cement are enfolded in moist aggregates or
otherwise exposed to moisture and delay occurs between batching and the mixing,
then extra cement shall be added to each batch. The extent of such extra cement will
be to attain the required quality. No separate payment for this addition of extra
cement shall be made.
4.2.10 MIXING
4.2.10.1 GENERAL
The concrete ingredients shall be thoroughly mixed in mechanical mixers
designed to positively ensure uniform distribution of all the component materials
throughout the concrete at the end of the mixing period. Mixing shall be done as per
clause-9 of IS: 456-2000. The mixer should comply with IS: 1971-1985 (IS
Specifications for batch type concrete mixers)
The concrete as discharged from the mixer shall be uniform in composition
and consistency from batch to batch. Workability shall be checked at frequent
intervals as per IS: 1199-1959. Mixer shall be examined regularly by the Engineer-in-

- 127 -
charge or his authorized Engineer for changes in conditions due to accumulation of

hardened concrete or mortar or to wear of blades. The mixing shall be continued until
there is a uniform in colour and consistency and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-
in-charge. If there is, aggregation after unloading, the concrete should then be
remixed.
Any mixer that at any time produces unsatisfactory mix shall not be used until
repaired. If repair attempts are unsuccessful, a defective mixer shall be replaced.
Batch capacity shall be at least 10% of but not in excess of the rate capacity of the
mixer unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer-in-charge.
4.2.10.2CENTRAL MIXERS
Water shall be admitted prior to and during charging of the mixer with all
other concrete ingredients. After all materials are in the mixer, each batch shall be
mixed for not less than the time specified by the Engineer-in-charge. The minimum
mixing time shall be 2 minutes. The minimum mixing time specified is based on
average mixer performance. The Engineer-in-charge will adjust the minimum mixing
time as required by the observations of the mix delivered from mixer. Excessive over
mixing which require addition of water to maintain the required concrete consistency
shall not be permitted.
In addition to IS: 1791-1985, the mixing equipment shall conform to the following
further requirements.
1. Plant configuration shall be such that the mixing of each mixer can be observed
from the safe location, which can be easily reached from the control station.
Provisions shall be made so that the operator can observe the concrete in the
receiving hopper or bucket as it is being dumped from the mixers.
2. Each mixer shall be controlled with timing device, which will indicate the mixing
period and assure compliance of required period of mixing.
3. The batch plant shall be equipped with an interlocking mechanism, which will
prevent concrete batches from entering mixers, which are not empty.
4.2.10.3TRUCK MIXERS
Each truck mixer shall be equipped with accurate water meter located between
the supply tank and mixers with a dial or digital indicator and a reliable revolution
counter, located near the water meter, which can be readily reset to Zero for
indicating the total number of revolutions of the drum for each batch. Each mixer
shall have affixed there to a metal plate on which the drum operations in terms of
volume for both mining and agitating and the maximum and minimum speeds of
rotation of the drum are mainly marked.
Mixing shall be continued for the minimum period specified and may be
increased and number of revolutions, speed of the drum may be such that the
mixture as delivered from the mixer has uniform colour and consistency to the
satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. In no case shall the design water content be
exceeded.
Concrete shall be discharged within half an hour after the introduction of the
water and cement into the mixer. Each batch of concrete when delivered at the job
site from commercial ready mix plants shall be accompanied by a written certificate
of batch weights and time of batching.
4.2.11 TEMPERATURE OF CONCRETE
Fresh structural concrete and fresh canal lining concrete shall be placed at
temperature of 150 C to 300 C. During hot or cold weather the concreting should be
done as per the procedure set in IS: 7861 (Part I) 1975 or IS: 7861 (Part II).
The temperature will be determined by placing a thermometer in the concrete
immediately after sampling at the site of placement. The temperature of concrete at
the batch plant shall be adjusted to assure that the specified concrete temperature is

- 128 -
attained at the placement.

In case of concrete in hot weather condition, the contractor shall employ
effective means such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water and placing at
nights as necessary to maintain the temperature of the concrete as it is placed at the
specified limit. The methods of pre-cooling shall be subject to approval by the
Engineer-in-charge.
Then contractor shall not be entitled for any additional compensation due to
the foregoing requirements.
4.2.12 FORMS
4.2.12.1 GENERAL
Form shall be used wherever necessary to confine the concrete and shaping it
to the required lines. If a type of form does not consistently perform in an acceptable
manner as determined by the Engineer-in-charge, the type of form shall be changed
and method of erection shall be modified by the contractor subject to approval of the
Engineer-in-charge.
Plumb and string lines shall be installed before and maintained during
concrete placement. Such lines shall be used by the contractor’s personnel and by
the Engineer-in-charge and shall be in sufficient number and properly installed as
determined by the Engineer-in-charge. During concrete placement, the contractor
shall continuously monitor plumb and string lines, form positions and immediately
correct the deficiencies.
Forms shall have sufficient strength to withstand the pressure resulting from
placement and vibration of the concrete and shall be maintained rigidly in position.
Where form vibrators are to be used, forms shall be sufficiently rigid to effectively
transmit energy from the form vibrators to the concrete while not damaging or
altering the positions of forms. Forms shall be sufficiently tight to prevent of loss of
mortar from the concrete. Chamfer strips shall be placed to produce bevelled edges
on permanently exposed concrete surfaces. Interior angle intersecting concrete
surfaces and edges of construction joints shall not be bevelled except where indicated
on the drawings.
Suitable struts, stiffeners, or ties shall be used for the formwork wherever
necessary. All supports shall be braced and cross-braced into two directions. All
splices and braces shall be secured by bolting unless specially intended otherwise. All
struts shall be firmly supported against settlement and slipping, by suitable means
as directed. All supports shall be cut square at both ends and firmly supported
against settlement and slipping. When the formwork is supported on soil, sleepers
etc. shall be used to properly disperse the loads. In case the supports rest on already
completed beam or slab suitable props shall be provided under the latter.
The formwork shall be of well-seasoned timber or steel. When timber forms are
used, they shall be lined with MS sheet or other suitable smooth faced non-absorbent
materials as specified. Supports may be of timber of steel. Suitable wedges in pairs to
facilitate adjustment and subsequent releasing of forms shall be provided preferably
at the upper end of the supports. The details of the proposed formwork and supports
shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge and shall be approved before erection.
In case of columns, retaining walls or deep vertical component, the height of
the column shall facilitate the placement and compaction of concrete and suitable
arrangement may be made for securing the forms to the already poured concrete for
placing the subsequent lifts. No steel tie or wires used for securing this formwork
shall be left exposed-off the face of the finished work.
Suitable inserts for block-outs for electrical and other service fixtures where
necessary shall be provided in the required locations as specified. At the time the
concrete is placed in forms, the surfaces of the forms shall be free from encrustations
of mortar grout or other foreign material. Before concrete is placed, the surface of the
forms shall be oiled with commercial forms of oil.

- 129 -
4.2.12.2 REMOVAL OF FORMS

The stripping of formwork shall conform to clause-11.3 of IS: 456-2000. The
contractor shall be liable for damage and injury caused by removing forms before the
concrete has gained sufficient strength. Forms on sloping faces of concrete, such as
forms on the watersides of wrapped transitions shall be removed as soon as the
concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging. Any needed repairs or
treatment required on such slopping surfaces shall be performed at once and be
followed immediately by permitted curing.
To avoid incessant appearance in concrete that might result from swelling of
forms, wood forms for wall openings, shall be loosened as soon as the loosening can
be accomplished without damages to the concrete. Forms for the opening shall be
constructed as to facilitate such loosening. Forms shall be removed with care so as to
avoid injury to concrete and any concrete so damaged shall be repaired in accordance
with paragraph 6.2.21.
4.2.12.3 COST
The cost of furnishing all materials and performing all works for constructing
forms including any necessary treatment or coating of forms is included in the price
bid of item of form work provided in the bill of quantities.
4.2.13 TOLERANCES FOR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
4.2.13.1 GENERAL
Tolerances are defined as allowable variations from specified lines, grades, and
dimensions and as the allowable magnitude of the surface irregularities. Allowable
variations from specified lines, grades and dimensions are listed as given under sub-
paragraph 4.2.13.2 below.
The intent of this paragraph is to establish tolerances that are consistent with
modern construction practice that is governed by the effect that, permissible
variations may have upon a structure. The Govt. reserves the right to diminish the
tolerances set forth therein if such tolerances impair the structural action,
operational function or architectural appearance of a structure or position thereof.
Concrete shall be within all stated tolerances even though more than one
tolerance may be specified for a particular concrete structure, provided that the
specified variation for one element of the structure shall not apply, when it will
permit another element of the structure to exceed its alterable variation. Where
tolerance is not specified for particular structure, tolerances shall be those specified
for a similar work. As an exception to clause-2 of the general provisions, specific
tolerance shown here in connection with any dimension shall govern. The contractor
shall be responsible for finishing the concrete forms within the limit necessary to
ensure that the completed work will be within the tolerance limit specified. The
defective work where the tolerance limit is exceeded shall be remedied in accordance
with the sub-paragraph 4.2.13.2 and 4.2.13.3 as below.
4.2.13.2 VARIATION FROM SPECIFIED LINES, GRADES AND DIMENSIONS
Hardened concrete structure shall be checked by the contractor and will be
subject to such inspection and measurement as needed to determine that the
structures are within the tolerance as specified below.
Variation is defined as the distance between the actual position of the
structure or any element of the structure and the specified position in plan for the
structure or the particular element. Plus or minus variations shown as indicated or
permitted from actual position up or down and in or out from the specified position in
plan. Variations not designated as plus or minus indicate the minimum deviation
permitted between designated successive points on the completed element of
construction.
Specified position in plan is defined as the lines, grade and dimensions

- 130 -
described in those specifications or shown on the drawings or as otherwise

prescribed by the Engineer-in-charge.
4.2.13.3 TOLERANCE FOR CANAL EXCAVATIONS
1. Departure from Established alignment : ± 20 mm to on straight sections.
± 50 mm on tangent sections.
± 100 mm on curves.
2. Departure from Established Grade : ± 20 mm
4.2.13.4 TOLERANCE FOR CANAL LINING
1. Departure from Established alignment : ± 20 mm to on straight sections.
± 50 mm on partial curves and
tangents
4.2.13.5 TOLERANCE FOR CANAL STRUCTURES
1. Deviations from specified dimensions of
cross section of columns, beams, piers and (-) 6 mm to (+) 12mm
slabs :
2. Deviations from dimensions of footing :
a. Dimensions in plan : (-) 12mm to (+) 50 mm
b. Eccentricity : ± 0.02 times width of footing in the direction of

deviation but not more than 50mm
c. Thickness : ± 0.05 times the specified thickness
Note: Tolerance applies to concrete dimensions only but not for positioning of
vertical reinforcing bars or dowels.
4.2.13.6 CONCRETE SURFACE IRREGULARITIES

GENERAL
Bulges, depressions and offsets are defined as concrete surface irregularities.
Concrete surface irregularities are classified as “abrupt” or “gradual” and are
measured relative to the actual concrete surface.
ABRUPT SURFACE IRREGULARITIES
Abrupt surface irregularities are defined herein as offsets such as those
caused by misplaced or loose forms, loose knots in form of Lumber, or other similar
forming faults. Abrupt surface irregularities are measured using a straight edge held
firmly against the concrete surface over the irregularity and the magnitude of the
offset is determined by direct measurement.
GRADUAL SURACE IRREGULARITIES
Gradual surface irregularities are defined herein as bulges and depressions
resulting in gradual changes on the concrete surface. Gradual surface irregularities
are measured using a suitable template conforming to the design profile of the
concrete surface being examined. The magnitude of the gradual surface irregularities
is defined herein as measures of the rate of change in slopes of the concrete surface.
The surface irregularities shall not exceed 6 mm for bottom slab and 12 mm
for side slopes when tested with a straight edge of 1.5 meter in length.
The magnitude of gradual surface irregularities on concrete shall be checked
by the contractor to ensure that the surfaces are within the specified tolerance. The
Engineer-in-charge will also make such checks of hardened concrete surfaces as

- 131 -
determined and ensure necessary compliance with such specifications.

4.2.13.7 HARDENED CONCRETE NOT WITHIN SPECIFIED TOLERANCES
Hardened concrete which is not within specified tolerances shall be repaired to
bring it within those tolerances. Such repair shall be in accordance with paragraph
4.2.20 and shall be accomplished in a manner approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
Such repair shall be done only after consultation with a representative of Engineer-
in-charge regarding the method of repair. The Engineer-in-charge shall notify as to
the time when repair will be performed.
Concrete shall be finished in a manner, which will result in concrete surface
with a uniform appearance. The fins and any rough projections can then be rubbed
down and the whole surface brought to an even finish by rubbing with a wooden float
using a mortar of one part of cement by two parts of coarse sand as an abrasive. The
mortar at the same time filling the voids, a neat cement works shall then be applied
to give a smooth surface. If the concrete has set hard, the fins and rough projections,
if any shall be removed by using carborandum brick or a paved grinding machine by
chipping, before finishing-off with the smoothing wash. If the work of chipping is not
done with care or if the surface exposed after removal of the forms cannot be
satisfactorily dealt with in this manner due to bad work or for other reasons, a coat of
cement plaster of 1:2 mix of the thickness as ordered by Engineer-in-charge shall be
applied. No extra payment will be given for finishing concrete surface as instructed
above in this clause.
4.2.13.8 PREVENTION OF REPEATED FAILURE TO MEET TOLERANCES
When concrete placements result in hardened concrete that does not meet the
specified tolerance, the contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge an outline
of all preventive actions such as modification to the form system, modified procedure
for setting screeds and different finishing techniques to be implemented by the
contractor to avoid repeated failure.
The Engineer-in-charge reserves the right to delay concrete placement
until the contractor implements such preventive actions, which are approved by the
Engineer-in-charge.
4.2.14 REINFORCING BARS

Reinforcing bars shall be placed in the concrete as shown in the drawings or
as directed. For anchoring the concrete to the hard rock, provision of anchor bar is
made in the drawing and contractor shall place these anchor bars to the spacing and
depth shown in the drawings.
The contractor shall make his own arrangement for procurement of steel of
required specification of reputed factory for the work. Transportation from the place
of supply to work site and all incidental charges will be borne by the contractor.
4.2.14.1 MATERIALS
Unless shown otherwise on the drawings the reinforcement to be used shall be
High Yield strength deformed bars of grade Fe-415 conforming to IS: 1786-1985
specification for high yield strength deformed steel bars and wire for reinforced
cement concrete.
4.2.14.2 PLACING THE GRILLS
Reinforcement shall be bent and fixed in accordance with the procedure
specified in IS: 2502-1963 (code of practice for bending and fixing of bars for concrete
reinforcement). All reinforcement shall be placed and maintained in the position
shown in the drawings. Splices shall be located where shown in the drawing,
provided that the location of the splice may be altered subject to written approval of
the Engineer-in-charge.
Subject to the written approval the Engineer-in-charge, the contractor may for
his convenience, alter splice bars at additional locations other than those shown on

- 132 -
the drawings. All additional splices allowed shall be at the expense of the
contractor. In order to meet design and space limitation on splicing, some bent bars
may exceed usual clearance, cutting and bending of such bars from stock lengths
may be required at the site.
Unless otherwise prescribed, placement dimensions shall be to the centre line
of the bars. Reinforcement will be inspected for compliance with requirement as to
size, shape, length, spacing and splicing etc.
Before reinforcement is embedded in concrete, the surface of the bars shall be
cleaned of heavy flaky rust, loose scale, dirt, grease or other foreign substances,
which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge are objectionable. Heavy flaky rust
that can be removed by firm rubbing with burlap or equivalent treatment is
considered objectionable.
As specified in clause 12.3.1 of IS: 456-2000, unless otherwise specified by the
Engineer-in-charge, reinforcement shall be placed with the following tolerances.
a. For effective depth 200 mm or less + 10 mm
b. For effective depth more than 200 mm + 15 mm
The cover in no case be reduced by more than one third of specified cover or 5
mm whichever is less. Reinforcement shall be securely held in position so that it will
not be displaced during the placing of the concrete and special care shall be exercised
to prevent any disturbances of the reinforcement in concrete that has already been
placed. Welding of bars shall be done as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and in
conformity with the requirements of clause 12.4 of IS: 456-2000. Concrete cover shall
be maintained as shown on the drawings.
4.2.14.2.1 REINFORCEMENT DRAWINGS
The Engineer-in-charge will supply drawings of reinforcement details and bar
bending schedules for adoption.
4.2.14.2.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Measurement for payment of reinforcement bars will be based on the weight of
the bars placed in the concrete in accordance with the drawings supplied by the
Engineer-in-charge when conformance with these specifications drawings has been
determined at the time of embedment. Except as otherwise provided below, payment
for furnishing and placing reinforcing bars will be made at the unit price bid in the
bill of quantities for furnishing and placing reinforcement bars which unit price shall
include the cost of reinforcing bars, attaching wire, cutting, bending, cleaning, tying
the grills, securing and maintaining in position of the reinforcing bars as shown in
the drawings.
The total weight of bars placed as reinforcement in concrete shall be arrived at
by adding the products of lengths each size and mass per meter (vide Table-1 and
Para 6.2.1 of IS: 1786-1985) of that size of rod.
4.2.15 PREPARATION FOR PLACING
4.2.15.1 GENERAL
No concrete shall be placed until formwork installation of items to be
embedded and preparation of surface involved in the placement have been approved.
The contractor shall supply concrete placement checkout cards (Placement
Register) satisfactory to the Engineer-in-Charge and shall provide a watertight
container for such cards at the convenient location near each individual concrete
placement site. The cards shall list all the various work items for example "cleanup"
and "embedded items" required prior to placement of concrete. After each work item
for an individual placement has been completed that item on the cards shall be
signed by contractor or his representative signifying completion of the required work.
Engineers authorized by the Engineer-in-Charge will inspect the work during and
after completion of each phase of the preparation and if the work is satisfactory will
sign the checkout card (placement register). Approval of preparation of placement will
not be complete until the contractor or his representative and above authorized

- 133 -
Engineer have approved by signature to all applicable items for the placement.
All surfaces of forms and embedded materials shall be free from curing
compound, dried mortar of previous placements and foreign substance before the
adjacent or surrounding concrete placement is begun.
Prior to beginning concrete placement, the contractor shall make ready a
sufficient number of properly operating vibrators and operators, and shall have
readily available additional vibrators to replace defective one during the progress of
the placement. The Engineer's representative at the placement may delay the start of
the concrete placement until the number of working vibrators available is acceptable.
4.2.15.2 FOUNDATION SURFACES
All surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed shall be free from
frost, ice, water, mud and debris. Rock surface shall be free from oil, objectionable
coatings, and loose semi-detached and unsound fragments. Immediately prior to
placement of concrete, surfaces of rock shall be washed with an air water jet and
shall be brought to uniform surface dry condition.
Earth foundation surfaces shall be wet to a depth of 15 cm or to
impermeable material whichever less before placement.
4.2.15.3 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
Construction joints are defined as concrete surfaces upon or against which
concrete is to be placed and to which new concrete is to adhere, but which have
become so rigged that the new concrete can not be incorporated integral with that
previously placed. The provision of construction joints shall conform to clauses
12.4.1 and of IS: 456-978.
When the work has to be resumed on a surface, which has hardened, such
surface shall be roughed. It shall than be swept clean thoroughly and wetted. For
vertical joints, neat cement slurry shall be applied on the surface before it is dry. For
horizontal joints the surface shall be covered with a layer of mortar about 10 to 15
mm thick, composed of cement and sand in the same ratio as the cement and sand
in concrete mix. This layer of cement slurry or mortar shall be freshly mixed, applied
immediately before placing of the concrete.
Where the concrete has not fully hardened, all litanies shall be removed by
scrubbing the wet surface with wire or bristle, brushes, care being taken to avoid
dislodgment of particles or aggregate. The surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted and all
free water removed. The surface shall then be coated with neat cement slurry. On
this surface, a layer of concrete not exceeding 15 mm. in thickness shall first be
placed and shall be well recommend against old work, particular attention being paid
to corners and close spots, and work thereafter shall proceed in the normal way.
4.2.15.4 CONTRACTION JOINTS
Contraction joints serve to provide for volumetric shrinkage of monolithic
concrete and or movement between monolithic units at established joints, thus
preventing formation of objectionable shrinkage cracks elsewhere in concrete. Prior to
application for wax based curing compound to contraction joints, the surfaces of all
joints shall be cleaned thoroughly of accretion of concrete or other foreign material by
scraping, chipping or other means approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Water stops,
reinforcing bars and other embedded items shall be free of curing compound when
adjoining concrete is placed.
4.2.16 PLACING OF CONCRETE
4.2.16.1 GENERAL
The contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-Charge before batching 'begins
for placement of concrete. Placing shall be performed only on the presence of an
authorised Engineer's representative. Placement shall not begin until after
preparations are complete and the concrete placement check out card has been
signed by the contractor or his representative and the authorized representative of
the Engineer-in-Charge substantiating completion of all preparation for that

- 134 -
placement.
All surface upon or against which concrete is to be placed shall be prepared
in accordance with paragraph 4.2.15.
Re-tampering of concrete will not be permitted for any concrete, which has
become so stiff that proper placing cannot be assured.
Concrete shall not be placed in standing water except with written
permission of the Engineer-in-Charge and the method of placing shall be subject to
approval. Concrete shall not be placed, in running water and shall not be subjected
to running water until after the concrete has hardened. Concrete shall be deposited
as nearly as practical in its final position and shall not be allowed flow in such a
manner that the lateral movement will cause of the coarse aggregate separated from
the concrete mass. Methods and equipment employed in depositing concrete in forms
minimize clusters of coarse aggregates. Clusters that occur shall be scattered before
the concrete is vibrated. Forms shall be constantly monitored and their position
adjusted as necessary during concrete placement in accordance with paragraph
4.2.12 and 4.2.13.
All concrete except canal lining shall be placed in approximately horizontal
layers. The depth of layers shall not exceed 15 cm. The Engineer-in-Charge reserves
the right to require lesser depth of layers where concrete cannot otherwise be placed
and consolidated in accordance with the requirements of these specifications. All
construction joints which intersect exposed concrete surface shall be made straight
and level to plumb except as shown otherwise on the drawings. The placing of
concrete shall be in accordance with clause 12.2 of IS: 456-1978.
If concrete is placed monolithically around openings having vertical
dimensions grater than 60 cm or if concrete in decks, floor slabs or other similar part
of structures is placed monolithically with supporting concrete, the following
requirements shall be strictly observed:
(1) Concrete shall be placed up to the top of the formed opening at which
point further placement will accommodate settlement of fresh concrete. If
concrete levels are specified beneath nearly horizontal structural
members such as decks floor slabs, beams and girders or the levels being
between the nearly horizontal members and the vertical supporting
concrete below, concrete shall be placed to the bottom of the bevels before
delay of placement.
(2) The last 60 cm or more of concrete placed below horizontal members or

bevels shall be placed with a slump of 50 mm or less and shall be
thoroughly consolidated.
In placing concrete on uniform slopes so steep as to make internal vibration
of the concrete impractical without footing, the concrete shall be placed in non-
vibrating slip forms with screed extending approximately 0.75 meters back from its
leading edge. Concrete ahead of the slip form screed shall be consolidated by internal
vibrations so as to ensure complete filling under the slip form.
A cold joint is an unplanned joint resulting when a concrete surface hardens
before the next batch is placed against it. Cold joints would be allowed only in the
event of equipment break down or other unavoidable prolonged interruption of
continuous placing. If such unavoidable delay in placing occurs, which make it that,
unconsolidated concrete may harden to the extent that later vibration will not fully
consolidate it, the contractor shall immediately consolidate such concrete to a stable
and uniform slope. If the delay of placement is short enough to permit penetration of
the underlying concrete, placement shall resume with particular care being taken to
thoroughly penetrate and re-vibrate the concrete surface placed before the delay. If
concrete cannot be penetrated with vibrator, the cold joint shall be then treated as a
construction joint. Care shall be taken to prevent cold joints when placing concrete in
any part of the work. The concrete placing rate shall ensure concrete is placed while

- 135 -
previously placed adjacent concrete is plastic, so that the concrete can be made
monolithic by normal use of vibrators/ tamping.
Concrete shall not be placed in rain sufficiently heavy or prolonged to wash
mortar from concrete. A cold joint may necessarily result from prolonged heavy
rainfall.
There shall not be any additional payment, over the unit price bid in the
schedule for concrete by reason for any limitation in the placing of concrete, required
under the provisions of this paragraph.
4.2.16.2 TRANSPORTATION
The transportation of concrete shall conform to clause 12.1 of I.S: 456-1978.
The methods and equipment used for transporting concrete from the batch
plant to its final position in the placement and the time that elapses during
transportation shall not cause measurable segregation of coarse aggregate or slump
loss during transportation exceeding 5 centimetres.
Concrete shall be deposited as practical to its final position. The use of
Aluminium pipe or Aluminium chutes for delivery of concrete will not be permitted.
Concrete buckets shall be capable of promptly discharging concrete of the specified
mix design and the dumping mechanism shall be capable of discharging at one
location, small portions of concrete from a full bucket.
If used to transport concrete, the truck mixers shall meet the applicable
requirements of paragraph 4.2.10. The transporting equipment for placing concrete
shall readily handle the place concrete of the specified slump. The Contractor shall
when directed, replace in-adequate transporting equipment with acceptable
equipment.
4.2.16.3 COMPACTION
The compaction of concrete shall conform to clause 12.3 of I. S 456-1978.
Concrete shall be consolidated by vibrators/ tampers. The vibrations shall be
sufficient to remove all undesirable air voids from the concrete, including the air
voids trapped against the forms. After consolidation, the concrete shall be free of rock
pockets and honey comb areas and shall be closed snugly against all surfaces of
forms and embedded materials. All concrete shall be properly consolidated before it
hardens.
Except as herein after provided, consolidation of all concrete shall be by
immersion type vibrators. Immersion type vibrators shall be operated in nearly
vertical position and the vibrating head shall penetrate and re-vibrate the concrete in
the upper portion of the underlying layer. Care shall be exercised to avoid contact of
the vibrating head with embedded items and with formed surfaces, which will later be
exposed to view. Concrete shall not be placed upon either plastic concrete until the
previously placed concrete has been thoroughly consolidated.
Form vibrators shall be used in conjunction with slip form lining machines to
consolidate concrete in canal linings. Such vibrators shall be arranged for effective,
uniform consolidation for the concrete. The Engineer-in-Charge or his representative
may remove samples of the hardened concrete for testing and examination, and the
Contractor shall repair, at no cost to the Government, the concrete from which such
samples are removed.
Immersion type vibrators shall be operated at speeds of at least 7000
revolutions per minute when immersed in concrete. Form vibrators shall operate at
speeds of at least 8000 revolutions per minute when being used to consolidate
concrete. The Contractor shall immediately replace improperly operating vibrators
with acceptable vibrators.
4.2.17 FINISHES AND FINISHING
The requirements for finishing of concrete surface shall be as specified in
this paragraph, paragraph 4.2.12 and 4.2.13 or as otherwise indicated on the
drawings. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-Charge before finishing

- 136 -
concrete. Unless inspection is waived, in each specific case, finishing of concrete shall
be performed only when a Engineer’s representative is present. Concrete will be
tested by the Engineer-in-Charge in accordance with paragraph 4.2.13 where
necessary to determine whether the concrete surface is within the specified
tolerances.
Finished concrete which is not within the specified tolerances shall be
repaired in accordance, with paragraph 4.2.20. Interior surfaces shall be sloped for
drainage where shown on the drawings or as directed. Surfaces which will be exposed
to the weather and which would normally be level shall be sloped for drainage.
Floating may be performed by use of hand or power driven equipment.
Floating shall be started as soon as the screed surface has stiffened sufficiently and
shall be the minimum necessary to produce a surface that is free from screed marks
and is uniform in texture. Joints and edges shall be tooled where shown on the
drawing or as directed.
After the surface of roadway slabs of concrete bridges have been wood
floated, the surfaces shall be given a broom finish. The finish shall be applied when
the water sheet has practically disappeared. The broom shall be drawn transversely
across the pavement with adjacent strokes slightly overlapping. The brooming shall
be completed before the concrete is in such a condition that the surface will be torn
or unduly roughened by the operation. The finished surfaces shall have a uniform
appearance and shall be free of corrugations exceeding 1.5 millimetres in depth.
Broom shall be of a quality, size and construction and be operated as to produce a
surface finish of satisfaction to the Engineer-in-Charge.
The finishing in lining be in accordance with Clause 5.7 of IS: 3873-1993.
The finished surface shall be equivalent in evenness, smoothness and free from rock
pockets and surface voids to that obtainable by effective use of a long handled steel
trowel. Where the surface produced by lining machine meets the specified
requirements, no further finishing operations will be required.
4.2.18 PROTECTION
The contractor shall protect all concrete against damage until its final
acceptance by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall provide protection to
prevent erosion to fresh concrete whenever precipitation either periodic or sustaining
is imminent or occurring.
When precipitation appears imminent, the contractor shall immediately
make ready at the placement site all materials, which may be required for protection
of fresh concrete. The Engineer-in-Charge may delay placement of concrete until
adequate provisions for protection against weather are made.
All fresh concrete surfaces shall be protected from contamination and from
foot traffic until concrete has hardened. Hardened concrete surfaces, which have to
receive finish, shall be protected against damage from foot traffic and the
construction activity by covering with protective mats, plywood, or by other effective
means. Method of protection shall be subject to approval by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.2.19 CURING
4.2.19.1 GENERAL.
The contractor shall furnish all materials and perform all work required for
curing concrete. All concrete including bed and sides of canal lining shall be cured by
water curing.
The pre-cast slab for canal lining shall be cured by keeping them immersed in
water for seven days and by sprinkling water for another 21 days with straw canvass,
Hessian or similar materials cover over slab.
The uniformed top surfaces of bridges decks shall be cured for 28 days with a
damp sand cover or curing mat cover. The sand or curing mats shall not be kept so
wet as to allow water to drain from them, which may stain other concrete. The sand

- 137 -
or curing mats shall be removed after expiry of the curing period.

All concrete surfaces shall be treated as specified to prevent loss of moisture
from the concrete until the required curing period elapsed or until immediately prior
to placement of other concrete or back fill against those surfaces. Only sufficient time
to prepare construction joint surfaces and to bring them to a surface dry condition
shall be allowed between discontinuance of curing and placement of adjacent
concrete.
Forms shall be removed within 24 hours after the concrete has hardened
sufficiently conforming to IS: 456-2000 to prevent structural collapse or other
damage by careful form removal. Where required, repair of all minor surface
imperfection shall be made immediately after form removal. Prior to curing, minor
surface repair shall be completed within 2 hours after form removal and shall be
immediately followed by the initiation of curing by the applicable method specified
herein. Concrete surfaces shall be kept continuously moist after form removal until
initiation of curing.
4.2.19.2 MATERIALS
Concrete cured with water shall be kept wet at least for 28 days from the time
the concrete has attained sufficient set to prevent detrimental efforts to the concrete
surfaces. The concrete surfaces to be cured shall be kept wet covering them with
water saturated materials by using a system of perforated pipes, mechanical
sprinklers or porous hose or by other methods which will keep all surface
continuously wet. All curing methods are subject to approval of the Engineer-in-
charge.
4.2.19.3 COST
The cost of furnishing of all materials and performing all work for curing
concrete shall be included in the price bid in the bill of quantities for the concrete on
the particular curing methods are required.
4.2.20 REPAIR OF CONCRETE
Concrete shall be repaired in accordance with the clauses 5.7 of IS 3873-
1978. Imperfections and irregularities on concrete surface shall be corrected in
accordance with the paragraph 4.3.13 and clause 5.7 of IS: 3873-1978.
Repair to concrete surfaces and addition where required shall be made by
cutting regular opening into the concrete and placing fresh concrete to the required
lines. The chipped openings shall be sharp and shall not be less than 70mm in
depth. The fresh concrete shall be reinforced and chipped and trowel to the surface of
the openings. The mortar shall be placed in layers not more than 20mm in thickness.
After being completed, each layer shall be compacted thoroughly. All exposed
concrete surface shall be cleaned of impurities, lumps of mortar or grout and
unsightly stains.
The cost of furnishing all materials and performing all work required in the
repair of concrete shall be borne by the contractor.
4.2.21 MEASUREMENT OF CONCRETE
Measurement for payment of concrete required to be placed directly upon or
against surfaces of excavation will be made to the lines for which payment for
excavation is made.
The unit of measurement will be in cubic metre. In measuring concrete for
payment, the volume of all opening, fixtures embedded pipes and metalwork each of
which is larger than 0.1 square meters in cross section will be deducted.
4.2.22 PAYMENT FOR CONCRETE
Payment for concrete shall be made at the applicable unit price in therefor in
the bill of quantities, which unit price shall include the cost of furnishing all
materials and performing all works required for the concrete construction except that

- 138 -
payment for furnishing and placing reinforcement bars and form work which shall be
made at the respective unit price’s bid thereof in the schedule.
4.2.23 DETAIL SPECIFICATION OF EXPANSION JOINTS/ CONSTRUCTION
JOINTER (EJ/CJ) FOR CANAL STRUCTURE
Description of Items
The joint should be left in concrete/masonry in required places as per drawing
and design. Embedded parts if any will have to be provided prior to casting of
concrete/construction of masonry. Old surface of the concrete/masonry joints should
be made clean free of dirt, grease, protrusions or any objectionable materials as per
the direction of the Engineer-in-charge. The face of the joints should be made
straight. The surface of joints should be painted with bitumen/ coal tar and fitted
with the approved sealing materials like bituminous filler boards, etc. The adjacent
concreting masonry then only can be constructed.
In the case of P.V.C. water stop, the pieces should be jointed together at the
site by vulcanising thoroughly to make it water tight having sufficient strength to
withstand the designed water pressure exerted on it.
In case of copper seal, the thickness of the copper sheet should be of 16 gauge
(1.63 mm) and minimum of 0.6m wide with ‘V’, ‘U’ or ‘Z’ groove of size 2.5 cm. at its
longitudinal axis. The groove should be perfectly straight and uniform. Adjacent
copper sheet should be perfectly braced together on both sides for the whole width by
butting the two sheets against each other. If lapping between adjacent sheet are
given, the maximum lapping should be 5 cm. and should be held together tight.
Brazing should be done on both sides for the whole width. The joints should be
braced, watertight and should be capable of withstanding the hydraulic pressure
exerted on it. M.S. anchor rods of 6 mm to 8mm dia and 30cm long with hook on
outer side and should be braced with the copper sheet @ 50 cm centre to centre
approximately on both sides of copper sheet preferably staggered. The minimum
length of the rod to be brazed is minimum 5 cm. and brazing should be done on both
side of the rod.
The edges of the copper sheet should also be given a link at about 0.5 M.
interval to have a better grip with concrete. The brazing should be done as per
relevant IS specification.
The P.V.C water stop shall be dense, homogeneous and free from holes and
other imperfections. The cross section of the water stop shall be uniform along its
lengths and thickness shall be symmetrical.
Location and embedment of the P.V.C./Copper water stops shall be as shown
on the drawings, with approximately one-half of the width. Water stops shall be
embedded in the concrete on each side of the joints. In order to eliminate faulty
installation that may result leakage, care shall be taken that the water stops shall be
installed to form continuous watertight diaphragm in the joints. Unless otherwise
shown, adequate provision shall be made to protect the water stops during the
progress of the work.
Additional vibrations over and above that used for adjacent concrete placement
shall be carried out to assure complete embedment of the water stops in the concrete.
Larger pieces of aggregate near the water stops shall be removed by hand during
embedment to assure complete contact between the water stop and surrounding
concrete.

- 139 -
SECTION -5
CEMENT CONCRETE LINING
5.1 SCOPE OF WORK
5.1.1 GENERAL
Canal lining shall be done with concrete paving and finishing machines, which
will place, compact and finish the concrete lining in bed and slopes. Plain cement
concrete of M-15 grade, with the maximum size of aggregate of 20mm shall be laid on
the bed and slopes of the canal sections as shown on relevant drawings. The
thickness of lining shall be as indicated in paragraph 5.3.4.5. for both in bed and
slopes of the canal. If during construction it is found necessary to alter the canal
section and side slopes without altering the thickness of lining, the contractor shall
be informed in writing of such changes.
Each concrete paving machine and associated support equipment utilized
under this contract shall place canal lining at an average sustained rate of
advancement of not less than 3.5 meters per hour. This minimum rate shall be
obtained for paving operation on the side slopes and on the bottom of the canal while
also meeting the requirements for lapsed time following trimming, consolidation of
concrete, finishes, joints and other requirements specified therein.
The equipment and operation for concrete lining includes foundation trimming,
sub-grade preparation, concrete production and delivery from point of production,
placement of concrete, curing and other associated activities. Supporting the
placement of the canal lining shall be matched with the lining equipments capability,
so as not to impede the specified placement rate of lining operation. The overall
equipment deployment shall be such as to ensure the completion of canal lining
within the scheduled period specified in the contract.
The contractor can alternatively deploy longitudinally operating self aligning
slip form Paver with built-in vibrator attached to the mould/ forms, so as to effectively
compact and finish the concrete (alternative to concrete Paver finisher outlined
above).
During the preparation of sub-grade for canal lining, the proud earth work
shall be excavated and trimmed by machine for better progress and to achieve the
designed profile of the sub-grade. This excavation for trimming for base preparation of
lining shall be carried out immediately prior to laying of the lining, but in no case the
time interval should exceed 3 days in normal whether and 2 days in adverse weather
conditions.
The scope of work also includes the following:
i. Dewatering the canal section for preparing the base for lining and laying
concrete lining.
ii. Providing steel safety ladders at required intervals or as directed.
iii. Providing necessary under drainage arrangements consisting of filter
blanket of graded sand and pressure relief valves as per drawings.
iv. Providing filter materials of approved quality as per design.
v. Providing and fixing P.V.C. contraction joints forming water stops.
5.2. CLEARANCE OF SITE
Area proposed for lining of the canal as a whole shall have to be cleared of all
objectionable materials, stumps, roots, bushes, and rubbish. Such materials, from
clearing operation shall be disposed-off from the working area clear of work site as
per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.

- 140 -
5.3. PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE FOR CONCRETE LINING.

5.3.1 GENERAL
a. Provision of this paragraph shall apply to the preparation of sub-grade on which
concrete lining is to be placed.
b. The work of trimming the canal section up to the bottom of concrete lining/
bottom of filter materials to be provided as the case may be and preparing sub-
grade for concrete lining includes removal of proud from the slope and bed of the
canal. The trimming operations is to be carried out manually or by machines
(Trimmer) of adequate capacity immediately prior to laying of the lining but in no
case the time interval between trimming and laying should exceed 3 days in
normal weather and 2 days in adverse weather conditions. Wherever rock is over
excavated the item of trimming and preparation of sub-grade includes filling the
over excavated portion with suitable semi pervious materials, watering and
compaction and trimming up to bottom level of the concrete lining. All along the
canal alignment the rain cuts on inner slope of the banks shall be filed up with
approved excavated materials and shall be compacted adequately to required
line and grade and level. The material required for filling the over excavation in
rock and rain cuts, if not available during excavation in soils to be done under
this item, shall be hauled from stock piles or burrow area to be arranged by the
contractor and placed in position.
c. If at any point, materials have been excavated beyond the pay line required to
receive the concrete lining the excess excavation shall be refilled on horizontal
layer with selected materials moistened if required and compacted using rollers
and slope compactors. Where, placing and compacting bedding material is on a
sloping foundation, the layers may be placed parallel to the surface of the
foundation. If at any point the foundation materials disturbed or loosened during
the excavation process or otherwise, it shall be moistened if required and
thoroughly compacted by tamping, rolling or by other approved methods to form
firm foundations for placing the concrete lining.
d. If at any place, placement of bedding material below the concrete lining is

required due care shall be taken by the contractor to wet the surfaces of
excavation and embankment to a depth of 15 cm. or to a depth up to
impermeable layer below whichever is less as per direction of the Engineer-in-
charge.
e. In the canal section requiring bedding material below the concrete lining due
care shall be taken by the contractor to place the bedding materials on
scientifically approved surface adequately wet as described above in layers not
exceeding 15 cm. in depth in a single operation and compacted till the bedding
material attains a height where it can be trimmed to form a true and even
surface upon which the concrete for lining is to be placed. Each layer of bedding
material shall be moistened and thoroughly compacted.
f. All loose materials likely to be present at the end panel of existing lining adjacent
of which lining is to be placed under these specifications shall be removed and
all voids beneath the existing lining shall be refilled and compacted thoroughly.
No extra payment shall be made to the contractor on this account.
g. Suitable materials trimmed from the canal shall be judiciously utilized in canal
embankment, road embankments or in back filling of the structures or used as a
bed material as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge. The trimmed materials

- 141 -
which can not be utilized in proper place during one continuous operation shall
be piled along the out of way where designated by the Engineer-in-charge.
h. In all, the preparation of sub grade for concrete lining shall confirm to clauses
4.1. 4.2., 4.3., 4.4 and 4.5. of IS 3873-1993 (Indian code of Practice for laying in
situ cement concrete lining on canal)
5.3.2 TOLEARANCE IN PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE

Excavated profile provides the final base for lining and tolerance departure
from lines shown on the drawings shall be as indicated here below:
+ 20 mm on straight section.
+ 50 mm on tangents.
+ 100 mm on curves.
Departure from levels shown on the drawings. + 20 mm
The above tolerance shall be negotiated gradually through smooth transition in

a length of 50 m. No over-run in concrete quantity shall be paid to the contractor.
Measurement and payment for trimming and preparation of sub-grade shall be
made on area basis of number of square meters of the canal prism trimmed over
which the concrete lining is to be placed. Payment shall be made at the unit bid price
in the bill of quantities. The rate shall include cost of labour, equipments, watering,
compaction of bed and sides and all incidental works as necessary to complete the
work as per the specifications and also dewatering of the canal sections where
required.
5.3.4 SELECTED BEDDING MATERIALS
The selected bedding material in the case of bed and sides of canal profile in
normal soils shall be graded filter material compatible with sub grade materials and
thoroughly compacted. In case of expansive soils, cohesive non swelling (CNS) soil will
be used for bedding. The thickness of CNS layer shall be designed according to
swelling pressure of soil or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The bedding
materials shall generally be provided conforming to following gradation and index
properties.
5.3.4.1 LINING IN NON-BLACK COTTON SOILS
• Selective protective lining to be provide immediately up stream and downstream

of every structure for 2.5m upstream & 3.75m downstream of the structure where
fluming of channel is involved, and for 2.5m reach both u/s & d/s of structure
where fluming of channel is not made. Toe walls must be provided at upstream and
downstream ends of lining.
• Lining be provided in high banking reaches and in all such reaches as are
considered “vulnerable” viz; associated with seepage, slippage of slopes and
breaches etc.
• Model Sections/ Profile Walls of Concrete of size 30cm x 30cm should be

provided in the balance portion of the unlined canal at intervals of 50m and at a
closer spacing in curves.

- 142 -
5.3.4.2 LINING IN SWELLING-BLACK COTTON SOILS:
• Lining to be provided th`roughout the canal reaches passing through swelling

B.C. soils. In such case provision for CNS (Cohesive non-swelling) treatment of the
sub-grade should be made prior to placement of lining as per IS : 9451-1994. The
CNS layers shall be in accordance as under:
Table 5A : Thickness of CNS layer in canal carrying

Discharge less than 2.0 Cumecs
Discharge in Canal up Minm Thickness of CNS layer in cm for

to 2.0 Cumecs. Swelling pressure of BC Soil
More than 1.50
Cumecs Cusecs 0.50 – 1.50 kg/cm2
kg/cm2
1.4 – 2.0 50 -70 60 cm 75 cm
0.7 – 1.4 25 – 50 50 cm 60 cm
0.3 – 0.7 10 – 25 40 cm 50 cm
0.03 – 0.3 1 – 10 30 cm 40 cm
Table 5B : Thickness of CNS layer in canal carrying

Discharge 2.0 Cumecs and above.
Swelling pressure of BC Minm Thickness of

Soil in kg/cm2 CNS layer in cm
0.50 – 1.50 75 cm
1.50 – 3.00 85 cm
3.00 – 5.00 100 cm
5.3.4.3 GRADATION & INDEX PROPERTIES
The CNS soils to be used should be non-swelling with a maximum allowable

swelling pressure of 0.1 kg/cm2 (10 KN/ m2) when tested in accordance with Indian
standard, IS: 2720 (Part- 41) – 1977. CNS soils are to be broadly conforming to the
following range:
GRADATION: INDEX PROPERTIES
Clay 15 – 20 % Liquid Limit : More than 30% but less than 50%
Silt 30 – 40 % Plasticity Limit : More than 15% but less than 30%
Sand 30 – 40 %
Gravel 0 – 10 %
Note: Provision for mechanized compaction of CNS soil layers to at least 95% proctor
density should be made.
5.3.4.4 METHOD OF COMPACTION:
In small sectioned channels, provision for “fill & cut method” should be made
in order to achieve effective compaction. The channel section should be over
excavated (to the extent governed by the CNS thickness) say, in 300m long reach;
CNS soil be placed in layers in the full section, watered (as required), and each layer
is to be compacted to at-least 95% proctor density through deployment of, preferably,
small width powered drum rollers or standard power rollers or fuel operated plate

- 143 -
compactors. This process of compaction should be continued right up to the top of

designed section. There-after, the compacted section should be scooped out to the
proposed design section and the CNS so scooped shall be re-used in the next 300m
reach. Provision in the cost estimate should accordingly be made for re-handling of
the scooped out CNS and also some percentage of wastage during re-handling is
provided.
Note: This procedure should also be followed for the re-sectioning and strengthening of
channels (involving compaction of earth fill other than CNS fill) not passing through B.C.
soils.
5.3.4.5 PARAMETERS OF CAST-IN-SITU CEMENT CONCRETE LINING:
THICKNESS OF C.C.LINING: Thickness of un-reinforced viz: plain C. C. lining

may conform to either the Indian Standard IS: 3873 – 1993 or US Bureau of
Reclamation Practice as tabulated below:
Table 5C: THICKNESS OF C.C.LINING as per IS : 3873 – 1993
Discharge Capacity in Depth of Flow in Thickness of C.C.lining in

Cumecs (Cusecs) m mm
0 – 5 ( 0 – 175) 0 – 1.0 m 50 – 60 mm
5 – 50 ( 175 -1750) 1.0 – 2.5 m 60 – 75 mm
50 – 200 ( 1750 – 7000) 2.5 – 4.5 m 75 – 100 mm
Table 5D: THICKNESS OF C.C.LINING as per USBR Practice
Discharge Capacity in Thickness of C.C.lining in

Cusecs inches
0 – 500 2.50
500 – 1500 3.00
1500 - 3500 3.50
3500 – 7500 4.00
Note: Taking in to consideration the various factors including economy and ease/
practicability of placement, it may be appropriate to adopt a lining thickness of
65 mm for channels of discharging capacity up to 175 cusecs; 70 mm for the
channels of discharging capacity up to 500 cusecs and 75 mm for channels of
discharge beyond 500 cusecs up to 1750 cusecs.
5.3.4.6 CEMENT:
For area other than coastal, 43 Grade or 53 Grade Ordinary Portland cement
is to be used. In the coastal zones, Portland slag cement may be used.
5.3.4.7 CEMENT CONTENT AND WATER-CEMENT RATIO:
The concrete lining being exposed to alternate wetting and drying during its
functioning or working life, comes in the category of “ severe exposure condition” as
per Indian standard IS: 456 – 2000. Accordingly, provision of cement content of
minimum 250kg/m3 of concrete mix is made in the cost estimate of C. C. lining from
“durability consideration”. Water Cement ratio is to be restricted to the range from
0.50 – 0.60.

- 144 -
5.3.4.8 MAXIMUM SIZE OF COARSE AGGREGATE:

Graded coarse aggregate with the maximum nominal size (MSA) of 20 mm
down to IS grading should be used in the concrete mix of lining.
5.3.4.9 AIR ENTRAINING AGENT (AEA):
Provision for using AEA in the concrete mix for C. C. lining is made in the cost
estimate. Concrete mix with AEA affords more” durability” as well as “better
workability (viz: fluidity)” and better “finish” to the surface.
Graded fine and coarse aggregates are to be used in the concrete mix and any
slight deviation in the requisite grading is compensated by air-entrainment in the mix
by the addition of AEA.
5.3.4.10 CONTRACTION JOINTS:
As an acceptable thumb rule, the spacing of contraction joints should not
exceed 36 times the thickness of lining in order to avoid cracking of the lining surface
in between the joints.
Table 5E: SPACING OF CONTRACTION JOINTS

Lining thickness in mm
Spacing of Joints (36 x t)
(t)
65 mm 2340 mm, say 2.30 m
70 mm 2520 mm, say 2.50 m
75 mm 2700 mm, say 2.70 m
Note: If the perimeter of canal section is equal to or less than 6.0 m, no longitudinal
contraction joints need to be provided. However, the transverse contraction joints
across the canal section are to be provided irrespective of the extent of the perimeter.
5.3.4.11 CONSOLIDATION OF CONCRETE LININGS:
Proper consolidation of concrete mix for the C. C. linings, as being placed on bed
and sides is of paramount importance.
Use of conventional needle vibrators may puncture the sub grade surface. One
of the most effective methods of consolidation comprises of deployment of “vibratory
plate device” operated by a fuel operated tiny motor.
5.3.4.12 CUTTING GROOVES FOR CONTRACTION JOINTS:
Grooves should be cut when the concrete is still green/ plastic, to be later
filled with the sealing compound. The groove is normally 27mm deep, for the C. C.
lining thickness of 65 mm – 75 mm range, 11 mm wide at bottom and 14 mm wide at
the top. It should be filled with hot/ poured sealing compound conforming to IS:
5256 – 1992. After the C. C. lining is fully set (viz: after a period of 28 days), only
then the grooves have to be filled with the sealing compound after cleaning of dirt and
mortar from the grooves.
5.3.4.13CURING OF C. C. LINING:
Adequate and fool-proof curing is the most vital requirement for C. C. Lining.
The bed lining should be effectively cured by constructing small earth bunds of say,
30 cm high at convenient intervals and ponding water on the bed between the
successive bunds. The sloped lining surfaces should be cured either by fully covering
the concrete surface with Hessian cloth rolls/ gunny bags and keeping these wet with
water throughout 28 days period.
5.3.4.14 UNDER-DRAINAGE:
A convenient method of the under-drainage is the provision of “porous
concrete plugs” of 75 mm dia and 250 mm to 300 mm length in bed and side slopes
underlain by graded filter of size 300 mm x 300 mm or 350 mm x 350 mm. One plug
can be provided in the bed and one plug in each side slope at a distance of d/3 (one
third of FSD) from the bed in alternate panels (viz: at a spacing of 4.5 m to 5.0 m).
The porous plugs should be composed of one part of cement and four parts of coarse

- 145 -
aggregate of size not more than 20 mm. No sand is to be used. Only so much water is
used as is required to produce a paste to coat the aggregate without filling the voids.
The porous plugs, after requisite curing, are becoming porous and free draining.
The porous concrete after curing shall be pervious and free draining type. As
soon as the concrete hardens (i.e. it attains final setting) it should be sprinkled with
water and kept moist for at least 14 days. The compressive strength of the porous
concrete at 7 days as determined by tests on 15cm dia x 30 cm height cylinders
should not be less than 70 kg/ cm2 and the porosity shall be such that, water shall
pass through a slab of concrete 30 cm thick at a minimum rate of 500 lt/min/ sq.m
of the plug with a constant 10 cm depth of water on the slab.
5.3.4.15 TOLERANCE IN C. C. LINING THICKNESS:
The permissible tolerance for the thickness of lining is ± 10%, provided the
average thickness is not less than the designed thickness.
5.3.5 PARAMETERS OF PRE-CAST CONCRETE SLABS FOR LINING:
In case pre-cast slabs are to be used for the lining, the concrete mix for casting
the slabs should be of M15 grade. The slabs, 30 cm x 30 cm (or any other convenient
size) should be of 50 mm thickness. The sub grade is to be given a plaster layer (1:6)
of 12 mm thickness, duly cured with water for at least 24 hours and, there after,
placed on this base layer with 6 mm thick mortar of 1:3 mix. The joints between the
slabs are to be filled/ pointed with mortar mix of 1:3 and cured.
Note: Whether cast-in-situ or pre-cast concrete lining is to be placed, the sub grade
MUST be hard, well compacted enough and smoothened prior to placement of
lining. The “vibratory plate device” mentioned in Paragraph 5.3.4.11 above can be very
effectively deployed for compaction of the sub grade.
The surface irregularities (to be checked with a wooden template/ straight edge) should
not exceed the following limits:
i) 6.25 mm for sub grade bed; and
ii) 12.00 mm for sub grade side slopes.
The loading, handling, transportation and placing of the selected bedding
material shall be subjected to approval and shall be such as will result in a uniform
mixture of the material being placed without separation or segregation. Selected
bedding shall be obtained from required excavation in area where materials in excess
of that required to construct the adjacent embankments is available or available from
burrow pits approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
5.4. MATERIALS
All materials including cement, fine aggregate and coarse aggregate, water
admixture and steel shall be as specified in Section 4.2 for concrete.
5.5. CAST IN SITU CONCRETE LINING
5.5.1. GENERAL
The work shall generally conform to IS 3873-1993. All concrete for lining shall
be governed by IS 456-2000. The concrete shall be of controlled grade with suitable
admixtures of approved air entraining agents using well graded aggregates with
maximum size of aggregates of 20 mm. Ordinary Portland cement or Portland
Pozzolana Cement to be used shall be 321 Kg. per cubic meter of concrete. However
due to change in design mix, if it becomes obligatory to use lean/ richer mix, the
contractor shall comply with the same. In case of leaner mix the department shall
deduct the cost of cement from the bill of the contractor at the issue price of cement
for short consumption of cement and no other compensation on this account shall be
allowed. In case of richer mix the contractor shall be paid for the extra cement used
at the issue price of cement.
5.5.1.1 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE MIXES:

The concrete should be produced in a mechanical concrete mixer of any
standard size or in a stationary weigh batching & mixing plant. Mobile concrete

- 146 -
mixers of various drum capacities (0.5 cum or more) are also available in the market
for production of concrete.
Hand mixing of concrete shall not be allowed except in rare exceptional
circumstances and isolated cases when the quantity of concrete to be placed is very
small.
For price adjustments, the amount so recoverable/ payable shall be deducted/
added to the value of the work done. Design mix and actual cement required shall be
communicated from time to time to the contractor in writing by the Engineer-in-
charge.
5.5.2. TRANSPORTATION OF CONCRETE
a. Transportation shall be handled from the place of mixing to the place of final
deposition as rapidly as practicable by use of equipments such as transit
mixers which shall prevent initial setting, segregation and loss of any of the
ingredients. It shall be transported and compacted in its final position within
30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer unless carried in properly designed
agitators operating continuously where this time shall be within 2 hours of the
addition of cement to the mix and within 30 minutes of its discharge from the
agitator.
b. If segregation occurs during transport, the concrete shall be remixed before
being placed after observing the time requirements as above.
5.5.3. PLACING AND COMPACTION
a. Concrete shall be placed only in the presence of a duly authorized representative
of the Engineer-in-charge. Concrete shall be placed and compacted before initial
setting time and shall not be subsequently disturbed.
b. Placing of concrete shall not be started until all form work installation of parts to
be embedded if any and preparation of surface upon which concrete is to be
laid have been completely inspected by the Engineer-in-charge. All absorptive
surfaces against which concrete is to be laid shall be moistened adequately so
that moisture shall not be withdrawn from freshly placed concrete. The surfaces,
however, shall be free from standing water and mud.
c. Concrete shall be deposited in all cases as neatly as practicable directly from
mechanized pavers in its final position and shall not be caused to flow in a
manner to permit segregation. Excessive separation of the coarse aggregate
caused by allowing the concrete to fall freely from too great a height or at too
great an angle from the vertical shall not be permitted and where such
separation would otherwise occur. The contractor shall provide suitable means
to convey the concrete without allowing such separation.
5.5.4. MECHANICAL PLACING
a. For efficient placing and finishing of the concrete lining on slopes and in bed
concrete laying machines such as slip form pavers or concrete paver finisher of
approved quality and design shall be used. Each lining machine and associated
support equipment utilized under this contract shall place canal lining at an
average sustained rate of advancement of not less than 10 meters per hour. This
minimum rate shall be obtained for paving operation on the side slopes and on the
bottom of the canal, while also meeting the requirements for lapse time following
trimming consolidation concrete thickness tolerances, finishes, joints and other
requirements specified herein.
b. The equipment of operations for foundation trimming, sub-grade preparation,
concrete production, concrete delivery, joints production, curing compound
placement and other associated activities supporting the placement of the canal
lining shall be matched with the lining equipment capability so as not to impede
the specified placement rate of each lining operation. The overall equipment

- 147 -
development shall be such as to ensure in the completion of canal lining within

scheduled period specified in the contract.
c. Concrete lining shall be done in the canal prism as shown in the drawing. Mixing
of concrete is to be done in a stationery or mobile weigh-batching plant of capacity
of one cubic meter to 3.5 cubic meter installed at suitable places and concrete is
to be conveyed to work spot in transit mixers to be moved on canal banks and
unloaded at site in the hopper of the Paver. The concrete in bed and side is to be
placed with mechanized Paver finisher ISI 456 CP 650 or any other Paver of
similar capacity. The concrete from transit mixer is to be unloaded into hopper
and conveyed to other bank, through side discharge conveyor. Then placed with
Paver in bed and side and vibrated, with plate joints which will be done with
Groove cutter attached to the Paver. Panels shall be as per drawing or as directed
by the Engineer-in-charge. The above mechanized procedure is to be followed for
side lining where slant length is 2.70 M. and above. In case where canal bed width
is less than 2.00 M and where bed lining is not possible to be tackled with the
above mechanized Paver, concrete shall be laid by conventional method i.e. mixing
by concrete mixtures and laying the concrete manually in alternative panels of 3
m. width and 3 m length as per drawing or as directed by Engineer-in-charge duly
using steel form work to the required thickness of concrete and vibrated with
mechanical pan vibrators. The concrete for side lining where the slant length is
less than 2.70m shall be laid by using appropriate equipment with steel guided
form work and vibrated by mechanical vibrator fitted to gantry. If the concrete is
laid manually on slopes, compaction by suitable method as approved by Engineer-
in-charge shall be adopted. Concrete shall be mixed in stationery or mobile
batching plant and conveyed through transit mixers included for manual
placement. Whenever necessary for the purpose of obtaining economy, workability
density, impermeability, durability, strength, mode of vibration and gradation of
aggregates or other materials, the Engineer-in-charge of quality control shall after
testing, make necessary changes in the proportion of the mix.
d. Concrete when deposited shall unless otherwise specified have placement
temperature of not less than 4.5o C and not more than 32 o C.
e. Concrete shall be so laid as to facilitate placing, vibrating, finishing and curing
operations. The side lining concrete shall be screed up on the slope while the
concrete is being vibrated ahead of the screed. Concrete required for key as shown
on the drawings shall be laid integrally along with the side slope lining.
Alternatively, the contractor can select to use longitudinally operating self
alignment, slip form machine with built-in vibrators attached to the slip forms, so
as to effectively compact and finish the slope and bed concrete lining.
5.5.5. FINISHING.
a. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be cleared of impurities, lumps of mortar or
grout and unsightly strains. The finished surface shall be even, smooth and free
from pockets and equivalent to that obtainable by effective use of long handle steel
trowel. Where the surface produced by lining machine meet the specified
requirements, no further finishing operation shall be required. Surface
irregularities, when tested with a straight edge of 1.5 meter length shall not exceed
6 mm in canal bed for bottom slab and 12mm on side slopes.
b. The surface of concrete finished against form shall be smooth and be free from
projections, honey combing and other objectionable effects. Immediately on
removal of forms, all ridges or lips shall be removed and undesirable local bulging
on exposed surfaces shall be remedied by tooling and rubbing.
c. Repairs to concrete surface and additions where required shall be made by cutting
regular openings into the concrete and placing fresh concrete to the required lines.
Chopped openings shall be sharp and shall not be less than 75 mm in depth.

- 148 -
5.5.6. CURING.
5.5.6.1 GENERAL.
The concrete lining on slopes including curvatures portion, at junction of slope
and bed lining shall be cured with specifications given in paragraph 4.2.19. The
concrete lining in canal bed shall be cured with water in accordance with the
specifications given in Paragraph 4.2.19. If water curing of lining in the canal bed is
not carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge as per specifications the
contractor shall be directed to switch over to liquid membrane forming curing
compound for curing. Water curing of concrete is to follow strictly to spraying
procedures and specifications as per clause 5.8 of IS: 3873 of 1993.
All equipment material etc. needed for curing and protection of concrete shall
be at site and ready for installing before actual concreting begins. Detailed plans
methods and procedures of curing and protection of concrete lining shall be got
approved in writing from the Engineer-in-charge sufficiently in advance of the actual
concreting in order to avoid interruption or damage to the work of other agencies.
5.5.6.2 MEMBRANE CURING.
a. These specifications cover curing of concrete using membrane forming compound
to retard the loss of water during the early hardening period and to reduce the
temperature rise in concrete exposed to radiation from the sun. This compound
shall be suitable for use as curing media for fresh concrete and for further curing
of concrete after removal of forms or after initial moist curing.
b. Concrete of canal lining on slopes including key at the top and curved portion at
the bottom of the slope of canal shall be cured with liquid membrane forming
white pigmented curing compound which shall form water retaining surface to
achieve the desired effect of water curing at 28 days. The curing compound shall
be white pigmented of approved qualify conforming to ASTM-C-309-81 Type-2.
c. White pigmented compound (Type-2) shall consist of finely divided white pigments
and particle solids, ready mixed for immediate use without alteration. The
compound shall present a uniform white appearance when applied uniformly to a
fresh concrete surface at a specified rate of application. It shall be of such
consistency that it can be readily applied by spraying to provide uniform coating
at temperatures above 4 degree Centigrade. If two coats are to be applied then it
shall be applied at an interval of approximately one hour. They shall adhere to
freshly placed concrete that has stiffened or sufficient to resist marking during the
application and to damp hardened concrete and shall form a continuous film
when applied at the specified rate of application. When dry the covering shall be
continuous flexible and without visible breaks or pin holes and shall remain as
unbroken film for at least 28 days after application. It shall not react and should
not have deleterious effect on concrete.
d. The compound shall meet with the requirement of water retention test as per
ASTM designation C-150-80 .The loss of water in this test shall be restricted to not
more than 0.55 Kg/ M2 of exposed solution of exposed surface in 72 hours.
e. The white pigmented compound (Type–2) when tested as specified in accordance
with method E-97 of ASTM shall exhibit a day light reflectance of not less than
60% of that of magnesium oxide.
f. It shall fulfil the requirement of drying time when tested in accordance with ASTM
C-309-81. The compound applied shall be dry to touch in not more than 4 hours.
After 12 hours, it shall not be tacky or track-off (peel off) concrete when walked
upon nor shall it impart a slippery surface.
5.5.6.3 TESTING.
a. The liquid membrane forming curing compound to be brought in the
manufacture’s original clear containers. Such container shall be legibly marked
with the name of the manufactures the trade name of the compound the type of

- 149 -
compound and class of vehicle/solids the nominal percentage of volatile

material and batch or lot number. The lot number will be assigned to the quantity
of compound mixed sampled and tested as single product. The manufacturer shall
exercise the care in filling the container so that all are equally representative of the
compound produced.
b. Curing compound to be used on site shall be got tested at least 14 days in
advance so that the result of water retention tests reflectance test, drying etc. are
available before it can be permitted for use. All of the filled containers represented
by the approved sample shall then be sealed to prevent leakage substitution or
dilution. The Engineer-in-charge or authorized representative should mark each
container represented by the samples with a suitable identification mark for later
identification and correlation and shall be kept in store with double lock
arrangements. One key shall be kept with the contractor and the other with
Engineer-in-charge. Random samples shall be collected from every batch of the
compound. Frequency of random sampling shall be done as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall provide samples and labour for collecting
samples free of cost. Testing shall be carried out by the department.
5.5.6.4 METOD OF APPLICATION.
The compound shall be sprayed using mechanical sprayer of approved design
to ensure uniform and continuous membrane on the concrete surface. The coverage
shall be at the rate specified by the manufacture or at the rate of 4 to 5 m. per litres.
Field trials shall be conducted to decide effective coverage rate which depends upon
surface finish. With a view to ensure through and complete coverage approximately
on half of the compound for a given area should be applied by moving the spray gun
back and forth in one direction and the remaining half at right angles to this
direction. In case the application is still not found uniform the contractor shall have
to apply the second coat as and where directed by the Engineer-in-charge. If a second
coat is to be applied it should be applied approximately after an interval of one hour.
The curing compound shall be applied as soon as the bleeding water or shine
disappears, leaving dull appearance. Equipment for spraying curing compound shall
be of pressure tank type (5 to 7 kg/cm2) with provision of continuous agitation. A
curing jumbo with multiple travelling spray guns shall be provided for effective spray.
Spraying on concrete lining shall be done in such a way that the green concrete is not
disturbed or damaged or any foot impressions left. Necessary schemes on spraying by
mechanized means shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. However, in
emergency for very small areas (Patches) it can be applied with wire or bristle brush.
Such compounds shall be used on the work only after production of test results and
approval of the schematic plan on spray curing compounds. Adequate care shall be
taken to prevent any movements on cured surface up to 28 days after application of
curing compound. Under unavoidable circumstances created by non availability or
short supply of specified curing compound, the contractor shall be allowed to resort
to water curing of concrete lining on slopes after obtaining prior approval of the
Engineer-in-charge in writing. Such water curing shall be carried out in accordance
with the following specification.
5.5.6.5 WATER CURING.
The surface of invert of the canal shall be kept continuously moist by covering
it completely with wet burlap as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently. The
burlap shall be kept continuously wet by spraying water for at least 12 hours.
Thereafter curing by ponding shall be resorted to. The concrete to be cured with water
shall be kept wet by ponding for at least 14 days. Water lost by evaporation shall be
replenished periodically to keep the surfaces continuously submerged under water.
The period of 14 days specified above shall be increased to 21 days when Pozzolana
has been used in the concrete as part of replacement of cement.

- 150 -
When the curing of concrete in the canal bed is not found satisfactory the
Engineer-in-charge may ask the contractor to resort to membrane curing.
5.6. TESTING OF CONCRETE AND ACCEPTANCE OF WORK:
5.6.1 GENERAL.
Testing of concrete shall be carried out at the cost of the department by the
Quality Control Division on representative samples taken at the site of laying the
concrete in accordance with relevant clauses of IS: 119-1959.The samples to be
provided by the contractor at his cost.
5.6.2 SAMPLING PROCEDURE AND FREQUENCY:
a. Sampling Procedure: A random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure
that each concrete batch has a reasonable chance of being tested i.e. the sampling
should be spread over the entire period of concreting and should cover all mixing
units.
b. Frequency: The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be

in accordance with the following.
Quantity of concrete in cum Number of samples.

1 to 5 1
6 to 15 2
16 to 30 3
31 to 50 4
51 to above. 4 plus one additional sample
for every 50 cum of part
thereof.
Note: At least one sample shall be taken during each shift.
5.6.3 TEST SPECIMEN:
Three test specimens shall be made from each sample for testing at 28 days.
Additional cubes may be required for various purposes such as to determine the
strength of concrete at 7 days or at the time of striking form work or to determine the
duration of curing or to check the testing cubes cured by accelerated methods as
described in IS 901-1978. The specimen shall be tested as described in IS: 516-1956.
5.6.4 TEST STRENGTH OF SAMPLES:
a. The test strength of the sample shall be the average of three specimens. Individual
variation shall not be more than 15% percent of the average.
b. Contractor shall provide necessary unskilled labour and facilities for collection of
samples cores etc. and shall remain present at the time when the samples, cores
etc. are taken. Testing shall be carried out at the testing laboratories set up at the
site or at any other laboratory that the Engineer-in-charge may decide upon and
the results given thereby shall be considered as correct and authentic and
acceptable to the contractor. All testing charges will be borne by the department.
5.6.5 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA.
a. The average strength of the group of cubes cast for each day shall not be less than
the specified cube strength for the work. About 20 percent of the cubes cast for
each day may have values less than the specified strength provided the lowest
value is not less than 85% of the specified strength.
b. In case the concrete does not confirm to the accepted criteria for strength as
specified above, the Engineer-in-charge reserves the right to reject the work or
accept the same at a reduced rate derived from the tendered rate and as approved
by him. Whenever necessary, for the purpose of obtaining economy, workability,

- 151 -
density, impermeability, durability and strength or on account of variation in the

quality and gradation of aggregates or other materials, the Engineer-in-charge in
consultation with Quality Control Division shall after testing, make necessary
changes in the proportion of mix. Contractor shall have to effect these changes
immediately.
5.7. INSERTION OF PVC CRACK-INDUCING JOINTS.
5.7.1 GENERAL
a. The transverse and longitudinal PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) strips shall be provided
with the shapes confirming to dimensions shown on the drawing. The finished
PVC crack inducing joints shall be extruded from virgin Pigmented, Plasticized
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC). The PVC crack inducing joints shall be dense
homogeneous free from holes and other imperfections. The cross section of the
PVC crack inducing joints shall be uniform along its length and thickness shall be
symmetrical transversely. Tolerance for dimensions in overall length and width
shall be 5% and thickness 10%. The finished PVC crack inducing joints shall meet
the following requirements:
Sl.No Characteristics Unit Values

1. Tensile strength Kg/Cm2 116 Minimum
2. Tear Resistance Kg/Cm2 49 Minimum
3. Stiffness in Flexure Kg/Cm2 24.6 Minimum
4. Accelerated extraction
a) Tensile Strength Kg/Cm2 105 Minimum
b) Ultimate elongation Kg/Cm2 250 Minimum
5. Effect of alkali ( 7 days )
a) Weight measure % 0.25 Maximum
b) Weight decreased % 0.10 Maximum
c) Hardness change Point 1.50
6. Effective of alkali (28 days)
a) Weight increase % 0.4 Maximum
b) Weight decrease % 0.3 Maximum
c) Dimension change % 1.1
b. Weight of the PVC strip shall be a minimum of 460gm/meter for the longitudinal
strip and a minimum of 420 gm/meter for the transverse strip.
c. The above determination shall be made in accordance with the specification of
C.W.C. in vogue. The surface finish of PVC strips shall be mat finish and of white
colour.
d. Contractor shall arrange for getting the finished PVC crack inducing joint tested in
recognized Test Laboratories by the Government. The manufacturers shall furnish
test sample of PVC crack inducting joints in 30 cm. length reel, free of cost. Each
sample shall be marked with the number of the reel from which sample is
obtained and with certificate that the samples are from the reels to be furnished.
e. It is mandatory for the manufacturer of the PVC strips from whom the contractors
shall procure PVC strips to have a full-fledged testing laboratory in the factory to
enable pre-despatch testing of the products. Test reports from Government test
laboratory shall also be binding on the manufacturer based on samples drawn by
the Engineer-in-charge from consignments received at site. The contractor shall
get the sample of PVC strip approved by the Engineer-in-charge. He shall furnish
the name of manufacturer the details of the in-house testing arrangements with
the manufacturer and shall also furnish a test report from the in-house testing
facilities along with the sample.

- 152 -
5.7.2 PLACING
a. The PVC crack inducing joints shall be inserted in the concrete lining when
concrete is plastic. The longitudinal PVC crack inducing joints shall be inserted
before the transverse PVC cracks inducing joints is inserted. The PVC crack
inducing joints at edges shall be plastered in position fixed with longitudinal
channels by clips or such other arrangement prior to lying of concrete. The PVC
crack inducing joints shall be inserted in position in concrete lining as shown in
drawings. The insertion of the longitudinal and or transverse PVC crack inducing
joints at the predetermined locations of joints requires special attention to ensure
proper location (depth is especially important) plumb installation and consolidated
concrete around the PVC crack inducing joints. The longitudinal PVC crack
inducing joint includes a cellular upper fin. The inspection fin shown on the
drawings shall be comparatively thin and shall remain above the top surface of
lining. It is important that top of the upper fin be at or near the concrete surface.
The manner of installation shall include mechanical vibration that produces
through consolidation of the concrete around the crack inducing joint and
provides a continuous contact between the concrete and all surfaces of the crack
inducing joints. The longitudinal crack inducing joint shall be fed into the fresh
concrete from reels mounted in front of the pavers through guides and tension
rollers so placed as to ensure proper depth and orientation of the crack inducing
joints. Installation of transverse crack inducing joint shall be made by suitable
joint inserted contrivance capable to insert into freshly placed concrete lining.
b. At intersection of longitudinal and transverse joints containing PVC crack
inducing joints the top vertical members of the longitudinal crack inducing joints
shall be removed for 10 to 15 cm. in width without pulling the crack inducing
joint from the concrete lining and transverse crack inducing joint shall be placed
within the notch so formed. Depression of the longitudinal cracks inducing joint
below the specified positions in the concrete shall be permitted at intersection only
to the extent necessary to place the transverse crack inducing joint to the specified
depth. However, tolerances and concrete consolidation requirements of the
preceding paragraph shall apply at intersections.
c. The manner of making the intersections shall produce transverse and longitudinal
crack inducing joints and provide a nearly continuous weakened plan normal to
the lining surface in both directions through the intersection.
5.7.3 JOINTS.
In RCC lining construction, joints shall be provided to accommodate expansion
and contraction of the concrete or to provide continuity between the breaks in
construction work. Joints shall be provided as shown on the drawings or as directed
by Engineer-in-charge. The depth of joints to be cut in the bed of the canal as well as
on slope shall be as specified in the drawings. The joints are not to be filled with
sealants but only to be cut at specified intervals. The sealants shall be filled in joints
later but before functioning of canal. The tools to be used by the contractor for
providing joints shall be got approved from Engineer-in-charge.
5.8. TOLERANCES IN EXECUTION OF LINING.
a. The interest of this paragraph is to establish tolerances that are consistent
with modern construction practice and yet be governed by the effect that
permissible deviations shall have upon the structural action or operational
function of the structure. Deviations from the established lines, grades and
dimensions shall be permitted to the extent set forth herein provided that the
department reserves the right to diminish the tolerance set forth herein if such
tolerance imparts the structural action or operational function of the lining.
b. Tolerance for lining shall be permitted within the following limits.
i) Departure from established ± 20 mm on straight reaches.
alignment: ± 50 mm on tangents.
± 100 mm on curves.

- 153 -
ii) Departure from established grade: ± 20 mm on straight reaches.

iii) Variation in concrete lining ± 10 mm of lining thickness
thickness: provided average thickness is not
less than specified.
Any departure from alignment or grade shall be uniform and no corrections in

assignment be made in less than 50m. No over run in concrete quantity shall be paid
to the contractor.
5.9. DEWATERING.
In canal reaches where subsoil water is met with above the canal bed level,
dewatering shall be resorted to and continued during preparation of sub-grades,
providing under drainage arrangement and placing of concrete for lining till such
period the concrete attains necessary strength. No separate payment shall be made
for dewatering operations as the same is deemed to have been included in rate of
related item in Schedule of quantities.
5.10. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:
5.10.1 PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE LINING:
a. Measurement shall be on the basis of square meter/cum of plain concrete lining
and payment shall be at the unit rate bid in bill of quantities for concreting works.
Payment for lining shall be made for the thickness shown on the drawings and on
square meter/cum basis of the area/volume including key on both sides. The
thickness of lining as shown in the drawing shall be maintained by setting of
paver machine in relation to final sub-grade on which lining is to be laid. The
thickness shall be cross checked by (i) volume of concrete placed and area covered
(ii) use of probe when concrete is being placed and (iii) coring if required. Any
overrun in quantity of concrete in lining shall not be paid to the contractor.
b. The unit rate for lining shall include cutting of grooves for crack inducing joints to
specified depth in panels as directed by the Engineer-in-charge including cost,
carriage, royalty and taxes of all materials with all leads, lifts, mixing, form work,
conveying, placing, compacting, finishing, curing and also dewatering during
placing of concrete lining as required.
c. The unit rate of lining shall also include the cost of producing samples and cost of
all incidental work needed to make the cracks inducing joints cost of all operation
equipment labour tools, etc. required for carrying out this work.
5.10.2 RCC LINING:
The quantity of reinforced cement concrete lining shall be measured on square
meter/cum basis on the same lines as of plain concrete lining. Payment of RCC lining
shall be made at the unit rate as provided in the bill of quantities. Reinforcement
shall be paid separately as per item rate in bill of quantities. The rate for RCC lining is
inclusive of costs of all other material, transport with all leads, lifts, cutting of
grooves, mixing, conveying, placing, vibrating, compacting, smooth finishing curing
etc. and also dewatering during the placing of reinforcement and concrete for lining as
required.
5.11. SAFETY LADDERS:
5.11.1 GENERAL
Safety ladders should be constructed in canal lining as directed by the
Engineer-In-Charge. Safety ladders consisting of ladder rungs should be constructed
in canal lining about 30 m upstream of the point where the canal enters some
underground structure. In other reaches safety ladders may be provided at a spacing
of about 300 m, the ladders being provided alternatively on either side.
Ladder rungs should be smooth, round mild steel bars, galvanized or coated
with coaltar after installation.
Typical details of safety ladders are illustrated in the approved drawing.

- 154 -
5.11.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:

Safety ladders shall be measured by weight of M.S. bar. Payment therefore
shall be made at the unit rate in schedule of quantities. The rate shall include the
cost, carriage, taxes for providing and fixing the ladders as indicated on the drawings.
5.12. CANAL LINING USING CEMENT CONCRETE SLABS
5.12.1 GENERAL
Lining of canals with pre-cast cement concrete slabs shall be adopted for
rehabilitation of the damaged pre-cast slab lining in canals or new lining in the old or
new canals or in places as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
5.12.2 PREPARING FOUNDATION
The provisions detailed in the paragraph 5.3 shall apply.
5.12.3 MODEL (PROFILE) SECTIONS OR TEMPLATES
Model sections or templates of cement concrete M-15 shall be constructed in
the bed and sides of the canal to the required sections with the top of model section
level to the finished surface of the lined section of the canal portion. The spacing of
the model sections shall be 15 meters in straight reaches and 7.5 meters in curved
reaches. The exposed face of the model sections constructed with cement concrete M-
15 or shall be plastered with cement mortar as shown in the drawing or as directed
by the Engineer-in-Charge. The dimensions of the model sections will be the given in
the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Suitable super elevation in curved reaches shall be given after the approval of
the Engineer-in- Charge.
Since the model sections are to be used as reference for excavation and
trimming of sub grade for the lining and for laying accordingly, finishing the lining of
the required grade and profile, it should be constructed with in a tolerance limit of 30
mm in a length of 3 meters. Model sections beyond the permissible tolerance will be
removed and redone by the Contractor at his own expense.
5.12.4 MATERIALS
All materials cement, sand, aggregate and water shall conform to
specifications given in section 4.2.
5.12.5 PRECAST SLABS
Mix for the slab shall be of cement concrete M-15 using 20mm hard machine
broken stone aggregates. The face of the slab shall be square or rectangular. The
dimensions of the slab shall be 45 cm x 30 cm x 5 cm or 22.5 cm x 30 cm x 5 cm.
Toe wall blocks shall be 15 cm x 20 cm x 30 cm or as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge. The permissible tolerance on length and width shall be + 5 mm. The
difference in length of two diagonals of slab shall be not more than 4.5 mm. The
thickness shall not be less than the specified value. The permissible tolerance on
thickness shall be ±2.0 mm. The slabs shall be either with all its sides right angles to
the faces or with two of its sides bevelled at a particular angle to the faces or as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The bevelled slabs shall be provided with
tongues and grooves as per paragraph 6.1.2.1 of I.S. 3860- 1966.
The slabs shall have minimum flexure strength as specified in I.S. 4060-
1968.

- 155 -
5.12.6 CASTING OF SLAB

5.12.6.1 EQUIPMENT
Manufacturing of slabs required for lining shall be done in the casting yard
using concrete mixers for mixing, steel moulds and table vibrators. They shall be
cured in curing ponds. The casting yard with the required infrastructure shall be
constructed by the Contractor at his cost.
The measuring boxes for the ingredients shall be accurate and maintained in
serviceable conditions. The concrete mixer shall conform to I.S. 1971-1968.
The table vibrators to be used shall conform to I.S. 2514-1963. For all sizes of
vibrating table, the height of the table top from the ground level shall be sufficient to
allow for easy placing and removal of the moulds and shall not exceed 0.75 meter.
The capacity of vibrating table shall be indicated for the effective vibration by the
maximum weight in tones of the mould plus the concrete in the mould.
The frequency of vibration for the table operating at its maximum load
capacity shall be between 3000 to 6000 cycle per minute. The vibration acceleration
of the table operating at its maximum load capacity shall not be less than four times
the acceleration due to gravity. The minimum frequency of the table under loaded
state for determining the acceleration shall not be less than 3000 cycles per minute.
The reduction in amplitude of the table while operating from 'zero load' to full
load condition shall not exceed 25%.
A source for giving copious water, required for mixing, casting and curing
concrete shall be provided at the Contractor's cost. Sufficient numbers of steel
moulds of required size with necessary base plates shall be procured by the
Contractor.
The payment shall be for finished work and the payment includes all
materials, equipment, machinery, casting yard and all other inputs including water
supply etc. complete.
5.12.6.2 CASTING AND CURING
Prior to the batching operation, steel moulds and base plates shall be cleared
of all dirt and well oiled on all surfaces and kept ready for placement of concrete. The
table vibrator and concrete mixer should be checked to ensure that they are in
working condition. Cement, sand and aggregate shall be fed in to the mixer after
measuring each volumetrically in required proportion. Required water shall be added
while the ingredients are fed into the drum from the hopper. The mixing time shall
not be less than two minutes and unloading of the mixed concrete to the platform
shall be done only after the steel mould and the table vibrator are ready to receive
concrete. The concrete shall be laid in the oiled steel moulds and vibrated using
vibrating table with a frequency of not less than 3000 cycles per minute and the
vibrating time shall not generally be less than 20 minutes for 10 sqm of slab of size of
5 cm thick and 30 minutes for 10 sqm in the case of 7.5 cm thick slab.
After the specified vibration period is completed, the slab shall after finishing
the top surface be allowed to cure under polythene sheet of wet sack for 24 hours.
After the lapse of 24 hours the slabs shall be cured in curing ponds for 7 days. Before
placing the slab in the curing ponds care shall be taken to finish the top surface
smooth and after 7 days of immersed curing under water, the slabs shall be cured

- 156 -
with sprinkling water for next 21 days covering the slab with straw, gunny etc., for
keeping the surface always moist.
(iii) LAYING OF SLABS
The slabs shall be removed to the canal site for lying only after they are cured
for the prescribed period. While loading, transporting and unloading at the site, care
shall be taken to prevent any damage to the slab. Slabs which are with rough
damaged surfaces or with broken corners or cracks or with irregular edges shall not
be allowed to be used in lining.
The laying slab shall be commenced after completing the preliminary works
namely preparing the bed construction of model sections or templates, trimming the
surface to the bottom line of lining as specified in paragraph 7.12.2 and 7.12.3.
The slabs shall be laid on finished surface true to line and grade using model
sections as a guide starting from the bottom layer, the joints shall be filled in with
cement mortar of mix 1:3 to the full depth of joint, the width of the joint shall not
exceed 12 mm. The joint should be flush pointed in cement mortar 1 :3. Curing shall
be done for a period not less than 14 days. Any portion of the work not in line or
grade, joints not packed with mortar and not cured for the prescribed period shall be
removed and redone at the Contractor's cost.
(D) MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The measurement for the toe wall will be in cubic meter in the case of toe wall
built cement concrete blocks. The lining work slabs be measured in square meter.
The unit price bid in the bill of quantities shall include cost of all materials
including water, labour and charges for manufacture conveyance, laying furnishing,
and casting. Payment shall be made at unit price in the bill of quantities including
manufacture and laying of slabs etc. complete.
*****
CHAPTER - 6
FINE DRESSING AND TURFING

6.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of supplying and laying live sods on the slope and
other locations as ordered by the Engineer in accordance with the following
specifications.
6.2 MATERIALS
The sods shall consist of a dense well rooted growth of permanent and
desirable grasses. Indigenous to the general locality where it is to be used, and shall
be practically free from weeds or undesirable grasses. At the time the sods is out. The
grass on the sod shall have a length of approximately 2 inches (if longer, the grass
shall be cut to approximately this length and the sod shall have been raked from
debris.
The sod shall be cut in uniform strips cot larger than it is convenient for
handling and transport. The thickness of the sod shall be as uniform as possible
approximately ¾ inch or more depending on the nature of the sod, so that practically
all of the dense root system of the grasses will be retained but exposed in the sod
strip and so that the sod can be handled without undue tearing or breading.
In the event the sod which is to be cut is in a dry condition, so as to cause

crumbling or breaking during cutting operations, the contractor at his own expense,
shall at least 12 hours before cutting the sod, apply water to the same in sufficient

- 157 -
quantity to provide a well moistened condition of the sod to the depth to which it is to
be cut.
Top soil of the area to be turfed shall consist of soil adapted to the
sustenance’s of plant life.
6.3 CONSTRUCTION METHOD
6.3.1 PREPARATION OF THE EARTH BED
All areas desired to be covered with sod shall be fine dressed to required
contour, to an extent such that the finished work after laying sod with necessary top
soil incorporated in the bed will be in accordance with required lines, grades, slopes
and cross section.
The area to sodden shall be free from stones, roots or other undesirable foreign
materials. The soil of the area to be sodden shall be loosened to a depth of
approximately not less than and top soil shall be spread evenly over the prepared bed
to a depth of 2 inches and the clods and lumps shall be broken down to provide a
uniform texture to the soil.
6.3.2 PLACING THE SOD
The earth bed upon which the sod to be placed shall be moistened to the
depth, manipulated, if naturally not sufficiently moist, and the sod after the same
has been cut and shall be properly protected and sprinkled with water until placed be
laid in horizontal strips beginning at the bottom of the slopes and working onwards,
when placing sods the length to the strips shall be laid at right angles to the direction
of flow of water. Sods shall be laid so that the joints caused by abutting ends of sods
strips were not continuous, each sod strip shall be so laid to about against the strip
previously laid.
As the sod is being laid shall be firmly and lightly tamped with suitable
wooden or metal tampers to press the sod into the underlying soil. After tamping, the
sod shall present a smooth even surface free from bumps or depressions, at such
point. Where water will start flowing over a sodden area the upper edge of the sod
strip shall be turned into the soil and layer of earth placed over this, which earth
shall be thoroughly compacted to conduct the surface water over the upper edge of
the sod. No sods shall be laid during the dry months of March to July.
6.3.3 WATERING
The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placing and shall be
kept thoroughly wet for a period of at least seven days after laying and shall be
maintained in a satisfactory condition.
6.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Measurement of turfing shall be made after full and satisfactory growth of the
turfing. The unit and price shall contain all the specification as mentioned in the
tender schedule.
Sod shall be measured by units of 100 square meters and will be paid for at
the contract unit price of 100 square meter/ square meter of sod in place which shall
include all operation for preparing the earth bed, for furnishing, placing, top dressing
and watering the sod and for all labour, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary
to complete the work in accordance with contract.

- 158 -
CHAPTER -7
OTHER ITEMS
7. 1. WEEP HOLES
Providing weep holes and placing in position 10 cm dia Asbestos Cement pipes
with non-corroding jalli as per design and drawings.
7.2. GENERAL
a) Weep holes of the size as shown on the drawings shall be provided and they
shall extend through the full width of the masonry with a slope of about 1
vertical to 20 horizontal towards the draining face to drain moisture from the
backfilling, the spacing of holes shall be as per the drawings in either direction
staggered. The sides and bottom of weep holes in the interior shall be made up
in the stones/ concrete having fairly plain surface as a channel so formed
slabbed over with stones/ concrete lintels not less than 150 mm and each side
including centring and shuttering. In stone masonry, generally the height of
weep holes shall be the same as the height of the course in which they are
formed. Filters behind weep holes with jally shall be provided to the
dimensions and grades as shown on the drawings with inverted backing of
approved quality filter materials in back filling side.
b) In case the length of the pipe falls short of the standard length of the pipe, it
shall be joined with necessary collars in cement mortar 1:3 of as per the
instruction of the Engineer to form continuous hole in the body of wall.
Defective pipes or defective work shall not be measured and paid. These shall
be removed and replaced by the contractor. The interior of all pipes shall be
free from sand, mortar or dirt and other foreign matter. Care shall be taken to
prevent entrance of any foreign matter into the pipes during progress of work.
****

- 159 -
Percentage BoQ
Tender Inviting Authority: Superintending Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division, Jeypore
Name of Work: Construction of Masigaon-II Check Dam in Stream Storage Check Dam (Low Height Check Dam) over biri Nadi Near
Village Masigaon in Kundra Block of Koraput District.
Contract No: S.E.M.I.Division,Jeypore 04/2023-24
Bidder Name
:
PRICE SCHEDULE
(This BOQ template must not be modified/replaced by the bidder and the same should be uploaded after filling the relevent columns, else
the bidder is liable to be rejected for this tender. Bidders are allowed to enter the Bidder Name and Values only )
NUMBER # TEXT # NUMBER # TEXT # NUMBER NUMBER # TEXT #

Sl. Item Description Quantity Units Estimated TOTAL AMOUNT TOTAL AMOUNT
No. Rate Without Taxes In Words
1 2 4 5 6 53 55
1 Excavation loading, unloading and carriage 800.4000 One Cum 83.5000 66833.4000 INR Sixty Six
by mechanical means in all kinds of soil Thousand Eight
including stoney earth , gravel and moorum Hundred & Thirty
etc, interspread with boulders up to ½ cum Three and Paise
size with all lifts and delifts including Forty Only
trimming of slopes bed to design section and
including dewatering if any & depositing the
excavated materials away from the work site
as specification directed by the Engineer in
charge.

- 160 -
2 Excavation of foundation in hard soil or 1603.0600 One Cum 211.0000 338245.6600 INR Three Lakh
gravely soil with all leads and lifts and delifts Thirty Eight
including dressing and leveling the bed to Thousand Two
proper slope and level & making it fit for Hundred & Forty
laying concrete & removing the debris clear Five and Paise Sixty
of work site with all leads and lifts and delifts Six Only
including dewatering from foundation if
necessary etc complete in all respect as
directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.
3 Cement concrete in M15 grade using 20 mm 822.1500 One Cum 6077.7000 4996781.0550 INR Forty Nine Lakh
down graded size crusher broken granite Ninety Six Thousand
chips of approved quality quarried and free Seven Hundred &
from weathered skin and foreign materials Eighty One and
including mixing the materials by use of Paise Five Only
concrete mixtures and laying concrete in
layers not exceeding 0.15 m in depth to
required level curing vibrating with vibrators,
finishing etc with all leads lifts and delifts
complete in all respect to proper profile and
leveling including dewatering if necessary
and cost, conveyance and royalty and other
taxes etc of materials including hire &
running charges of the machineries
complete as directed by the Engineer - in -
Charge.

- 161 -
4 Reinforced Cement Concrete M20 grade 131.2900 One Cum 6624.1000 869678.0890 INR Eight Lakh
with crushed granite 20mm down graded Sixty Nine Thousand
hard granite crusher broken chips of Six Hundred &
approved quality free from skin materials Seventy Eight and
mixing by concrete mixer including hoisting Paise Nine Only
lowering and laying the concrete in position
to proper slope and level and compacting by
vibrators in layers not exceeding 0.15m
depth and finishing the exposed surface
smooth including watering, curing for
required period cost, conveyance, hire and
running charges of all machineries, royalty
and other taxes of all materials labour, T & P
materials required for this item etc, complete
as directed by the Engineer in charge.
5 Straightening, cutting, bending, binding, 48.6700 One Qntl 9283.0000 451803.6100 INR Four Lakh Fifty
fitting and placing uncoated HYSD bar One Thousand Eight
reinforcement and laying in position Hundred & Three
including cost of binding wire 18 to 20 gauge and Paise Sixty One
and fixing of reinforcement including lapping Only
where necessary with all leads, lifts from
bending yard to placement spot including
cost ,conveyance & all taxes of
reinforcement as directed by the Engineer-
in-charge.
6 Providing rigid shuttering with the box type 1124.2600 One Sqm 480.9000 540656.6340 INR Five Lakh Forty
steel shuttering plates with keys for Thousand Six
immediate construction joints in raft of weir Hundred & Fifty Six
barrages and dam blocks including cost of and Paise Sixty
all materials, labour complete as directed by Three Only
the Engineer in Charge including removal of
form complete as directed by the Engineer in
charge.

- 162 -
7 Providing weep holes in Brick 147.2000 R.Mtr 139.5000 20534.4000 INR Twenty
masonry/Plain/Rainforced concrete Thousand Five
abutment,wing wall/ return walls with 75 mm Hundred & Thirty
dia P.V.C. pipe extending through the full Four and Paise
width of the structure with slope of IV: 20H Forty Only
towards drawing face complete as per
drawing & technical etc. complete in all
respects as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge.
8 R. S. dry packing in approns, revetments 53.1800 One Cum 2027.8000 107838.4040 INR One Lakh
and slopes of dam & dyke to all heights with Seven Thousand
hard stone other than granite and laterite of Eight Hundred &
15 to 30 cm size in all directions ( Weighing Thirty Eight and
140 Lbs / cft) and above of approved quality Paise Forty Only
including filling the interstices with small
stones with cost, conveyance, royalty and
other taxes of all materials required for the
work etc complete and finished to proper
slope and level complete in all respect as
directed by the Engineer In Charge . (1/6 th
volume will be deducted towards voids)
9 Filling in foundation and plinth with 1039.3400 One Cum 117.2000 121810.6480 INR One Lakh
excavated earth with all leads & lifts Twenty One
including watering and ramming and Thousand Eight
compaction etc. complete in all respects as Hundred & Ten and
per specification and direction of the Paise Sixty Five
Engineer-in-charge. Only

- 163 -
10 Earth work in Hard soil with all leads and lifts 183.5600 One Cum 175.8000 32269.8480 INR Thirty Two
including rough dressing and breaking clods Thousand Two
to maximum 5cm to 7cm and laying in layers Hundred & Sixty
not exceeding 0.30m in depth to proper Nine and Paise
profile etc, with supply of all labour and T&P Eighty Five Only
required for the work including Royalty etc,
complete in all respect as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
Total in 7546451.7480 INR Seventy Five
Figures Lakh Forty Six
Thousand Four
Hundred & Fifty One
and Paise Seventy
Five Only
*END OF THE BID DOCUMENT*

FOR ON-LINE PARTICIPATION IN THE TEDNER
PLEASE VISIT THE GOVT. OF ODISHA WEB SITE: http://tendersorissa.gov.in

Masigaon 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Masigaon 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Masigaon 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

- 1 -

TENDER DOCUMENT FOR P-1 CONTRACT

NAME OF THE WORK

Construction of Masigaon-II Check Dam in Stream

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

1. CHECK LIST FOR TENDER SUBMISSION 5

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

ITEM RATE TENDER, BILL OF QUANTITY AND CONDITION

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

34. Measurement of Works

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

Check List For Submission Of Particulars

Scanned Copy in .pdf format

2. Forms in (i) Annexure ‘C (1)’

(iii) Annexure ‘ E (1)’

(iv) Annexure ‘ E (2)’ (For Out Side State Bidders)

THE BID MUST BE ACCOMPANIED WITH THE MANDATORY

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

SPECIAL CONDITION CONSEQUENT UPON AMENDMENT OF CODAL/

Amendment to Para-3.5.5 (V ) Note-III of OPWD Code ,Vol-I by modification

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS AFTER OPWD CODE AMENDMENTS AND

4. 2% GST to be deducted from work bills where agreement value exceeds Rs

5. GST on works Contract as applicable at the time of payment shall be paid

6. Commercial invoice should be submitted by the Contractor at the time of

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

Subject: Performance Security

1. To ensure due performance of contract Performance Security is to be

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

Subject: Bid Security / Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

Subject:- Additional Performance Security in case of Abnormally Low Bids (ALBs).

1. Additional Performance Security (APS) is being obtained from the Successful

Sl No. Range of Difference between Additional Performance Security to be

ii From 5% and above and below 50% of (Difference between estimated

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

1. Name of the work : Construction of Check Dams.

Sl Name of the Work Value of Concer Security Cost of Class of Period of

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

2 Construction of Uldan Check 53.27 -do- 53,300/ `10000 “B” 4 (Four)

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

28. Scanned clear copies should be uploaded. Non-visible copies of documents

Sd/- Suprava Kanhar

Sd/- Suprava Kanhar

CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

Memo. No. 1266 Date: 07.10.2023